This patch advertises TSO & GSO features in netdev->mpls_features.
In ixgbe(vf)_tso() where we set up segmentation offload, the IP
header will be the inner network header when eth_p_mpls() indicates
the Ethernet protocol is MPLS (UC or MC).
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'kzalloc' fails, a NULL pointer will be dereferenced. Return -ENOMEM
instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an i40e_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
i40e_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no reason to pass a *vsi pointer if we already have the *pf
pointer in the only location where we call this function. Lets update
the signature and directly pass the *pf data structure pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver uses a bit lock to indicate when a Tx timestamp is in
progress to avoid attempting to timestamp multiple packets at once. This
is required because hardware only has registers to handle one request at
a time.
There is a corner case where we failed to cleanup the bit lock after
a failed transmit. This can potentially result in a state bit being
locked forever.
Add some cleanup code to i40e_xmit_frame_ring to check and make sure we
cleanup incase of these failures. We also modify i40e_tx_map to return
an error code indication DMA failure.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the i40e driver has a limitation on Tx PTP packets.
This requires us to limit the driver to timestamping a single packet at
once. This is done using a state bitlock which enforces that only one
timestamp request is honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a race condition. The bit lock is not
cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying applications of
a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application sending only one
packet at a time and waiting for a response can wake up and send a new
timestamped packet request before the bit lock is cleared. This results
in needlessly dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
timestamp another packet.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
Now, a well behaved application which has at most one outstanding
timestamp request will not accidentally race with the driver unlock bit.
Obviously an application attempting to timestamp faster than one request
at a time will have some timestamp requests skipped. Unfortunately there
is nothing we can do about that.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf hardware doesn't have any way to ever report FCoE enabled
so just force the code to always report FCoE is disabled, remove the
unused defines, and mark the OP as reserved.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a missing line that was missed while merging,
which results in a driver feature in the VF not working to
enable RSS as a negotiated feature.
Fixes: 43a3d9ba34 ("i40evf: Allow PF driver to configure RSS")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This removes two duplicate lines that snuck into the code somehow.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some drivers were calling the skb_tx_timestamp() function only when
a hardware timestamp was not requested. Now that applications can use
the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW option to request both software and
hardware timestamps, the drivers need to be modified to unconditionally
call skb_tx_timestamp().
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=eE4D
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- add framework for supporting PCIe devices in Endpoint mode (Kishon
Vijay Abraham I)
- use non-postable PCI config space mappings when possible (Lorenzo
Pieralisi)
- clean up and unify mmap of PCI BARs (David Woodhouse)
- export and unify Function Level Reset support (Christoph Hellwig)
- avoid FLR for Intel 82579 NICs (Sasha Neftin)
- add pci_request_irq() and pci_free_irq() helpers (Christoph Hellwig)
- short-circuit config access failures for disconnected devices (Keith
Busch)
- remove D3 sleep delay when possible (Adrian Hunter)
- freeze PME scan before suspending devices (Lukas Wunner)
- stop disabling MSI/MSI-X in pci_device_shutdown() (Prarit Bhargava)
- disable boot interrupt quirk for ASUS M2N-LR (Stefan Assmann)
- add arch-specific alignment control to improve device passthrough by
avoiding multiple BARs in a page (Yongji Xie)
- add sysfs sriov_drivers_autoprobe to control VF driver binding
(Bodong Wang)
- allow slots below PCI-to-PCIe "reverse bridges" (Bjorn Helgaas)
- fix crashes when unbinding host controllers that don't support
removal (Brian Norris)
- add driver for MicroSemi Switchtec management interface (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- add driver for Faraday Technology FTPCI100 host bridge (Linus
Walleij)
- add i.MX7D support (Andrey Smirnov)
- use generic MSI support for Aardvark (Thomas Petazzoni)
- make Rockchip driver modular (Brian Norris)
- advertise 128-byte Read Completion Boundary support for Rockchip
(Shawn Lin)
- advertise PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_SLC for Rockchip root port (Shawn Lin)
- convert atomic_t to refcount_t in HV driver (Elena Reshetova)
- add CPU IRQ affinity in HV driver (K. Y. Srinivasan)
- fix PCI bus removal in HV driver (Long Li)
- add support for ThunderX2 DMA alias topology (Jayachandran C)
- add ThunderX pass2.x 2nd node MCFG quirk (Tomasz Nowicki)
- add ITE 8893 bridge DMA alias quirk (Jarod Wilson)
- restrict Cavium ACS quirk only to CN81xx/CN83xx/CN88xx devices
(Manish Jaggi)
* tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (146 commits)
PCI: Don't allow unbinding host controllers that aren't prepared
ARM: DRA7: clockdomain: Change the CLKTRCTRL of CM_PCIE_CLKSTCTRL to SW_WKUP
MAINTAINERS: Add PCI Endpoint maintainer
Documentation: PCI: Add userguide for PCI endpoint test function
tools: PCI: Add sample test script to invoke pcitest
tools: PCI: Add a userspace tool to test PCI endpoint
Documentation: misc-devices: Add Documentation for pci-endpoint-test driver
misc: Add host side PCI driver for PCI test function device
PCI: Add device IDs for DRA74x and DRA72x
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings to enable unaligned access
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Workaround for errata id i870
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings for PCI dra7xx EP mode
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Add EP mode support
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Facilitate wrapper and MSI interrupts to be enabled independently
dt-bindings: PCI: Add DT bindings for PCI designware EP mode
PCI: dwc: designware: Add EP mode support
Documentation: PCI: Add binding documentation for pci-test endpoint function
ixgbe: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
IB/hfi1: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
PCI: imx6: Fix spelling mistake: "contol" -> "control"
...
This typo is quite common. Fix it and add it to the spelling file so
that checkpatch catches it earlier.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170317011131.6881-2-sboyd@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-30
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jake provides majority of the changes in this series, starting with the
renaming of a flag to avoid confusion. Then renamed a variable to a
more meaningful name to clarify what is actually being done and to
reduce confusion. Amortizes the wait time when initializing or disabling
lots of VFs by using i40e_reset_all_vfs() and
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait(). Cleaned up a unnecessary delay since
pci_disable_sriov() already has its own delay, so need to add a additional
delay when removing VFs. Avoid using the same name flags for both
vsi->state and pf->state, to make code review easier and assist future
work to use the correct state field when checking bits. Use
DECLARE_BITMAP() to ensure that we always allocate enough space for flags.
Replace hw_disabled_flags with the new _AUTO_DISABLED flags, which are
more readable because we are not setting an *_ENABLED flag to
disable the feature.
Alex corrects a oversight where we were not reprogramming the ports
after a reset, which was causing us to lose all of the receive tunnel
offloads.
Arnd Bergmann moves the declaration of a local variable to avoid a
warning seen on architectures with larger pages about an unused variable.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 38.4MHz frequency is required for PTP
on CannonLake. SYSTIM frequency adjustment attributes for TIMINCA are
get/set dependent on the hardware clock frequency for a different
types of adapters. 38.4MHz frequency supported by CannonLake
and active once time synchronisation mechanism was enabled
Changed abbreviation from Hz to HZ to be compliant checkpatch code style
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The propagation of CannonLake mac type to driver functionality
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (6) and i219 (7) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the nextIntel Client platform (CannonLake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On architectures with larger pages, we get a warning about an unused variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c: In function 'i40evf_configure_rx':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c:690:21: error: unused variable 'netdev' [-Werror=unused-variable]
This moves the declaration into the #ifdef to avoid the warning.
Fixes: dab86afdbb ("i40e/i40evf: Change the way we limit the maximum frame size for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This matches the ordering of how we free stuff during reset and remove.
It also makes logical sense because we set the interrupts based on the
number of queues. Currently this doesn't really matter in practice.
However a future patch moves the assignment of num_active_queues into
i40evf_alloc_queues, which is required by
i40evf_set_interrupt_capability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The flag used by the common code and PF code is I40E_FLAG_FD_ATR_ENABLED,
not *FDIR*. It turns out none of the txrx code actually shared with the
VF driver actually checks the ATR flag. This is made even more obvious
by the typo in the VF header file.
Let's just remove the flag from the VF driver since it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hw_disabled_flags field was added as a way of signifying that
a feature was automatically or temporarily disabled. However, we
actually only use this for FDir features. Replace its use with new
_AUTO_DISABLED flags instead. This is more readable, because you aren't
setting an *_ENABLED flag to *disable* the feature.
Additionally, clean up a few areas where we used these bits. First, we
don't really need to set the auto-disable flag for ATR if we're fully
disabling the feature via ethtool.
Second, we should always clear the auto-disable bits in case they somehow
got set when the feature was disabled. However, avoid displaying
a message that we've re-enabled the feature.
Third, we shouldn't be re-enabling ATR in the SB ntuple add flow,
because it might have been disabled due to space constraints. Instead,
we should just wait for the fdir_check_and_reenable to be called by the
watchdog.
Overall, this change allows us to simplify some code by removing an
extra field we didn't need, and the result should make it more clear as
to what we're actually doing with these flags.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already set pairs to the value of adapter->num_active_queues. This
value is limited by vsi_res->num_queue_pairs and num_online_cpus(). This
means that pairs by definition is already smaller than
num_online_cpus()*2, so we don't even need to bother with this check.
Lets just remove it and update the comment.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of assuming our flags fit within an unsigned long, use
DECLARE_BITMAP which will ensure that we always allocate enough space.
Additionally, use __I40E_STATE_SIZE__ markers as the last element of the
enumeration so that the size of the BITMAP is compile-time assigned
rather than programmer-time assigned. This ensures that potential future
flag additions do not actually overrun the array. This is especially
important as 32bit systems would only have 32bit longs instead of 64bit
longs as we generally have assumed in the prior code.
This change also removes a dereference of the state fields throughout
the code, so it does have a bit of code churn. The conversions were
automated using sed replacements with an alternation
s/&(vsi->back|vsi|pf)->state/\1->state/
s/&adapter->vsi.state/adapter->vsi.state/
For debugfs, we modify the printing so that we can display chunks of the
state value on new lines. This ensures that we can print the entire set
of state values. Additionally, we now print them as 08lx to ensure that
they display nicely.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid using the same named flags for both vsi->state and pf->state. This
makes code review easier, as it is more likely that future authors will
use the correct state field when checking bits. Previous commits already
found issues with at least one check, and possibly others may be
incorrect.
This reduces confusion as it is more clear what each flag represents,
and which flags are valid for which state field.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The delay was added because of a desire to ensure that the VF driver can
finish up removing. However, pci_disable_sriov already has its own
ssleep() call that will sleep for an entire second, so there is no
reason to add extra delay on top of this by using msleep here. In
practice, an msleep() won't have a huge impact on timing but there is no
real value in keeping it, so lets just simplify the code and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just as we do in i40e_reset_all_vfs, save some time when freeing VFs by
amortizing the wait time for stopping queues. We can use
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait() to begin the process of stopping all the
VF rings at once. Then, once we've started the process on each VF we can
begin waiting for the VFs to stop. This helps reduce the total wait time
by a large factor.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects a major oversight in that we were not reprogramming the
ports after a reset. As a result we completely lost all of the Rx tunnel
offloads on receive including Rx checksum, RSS on inner headers, and ATR.
The fix for this is pretty standard as all we needed to do is reset the
filter bits to pending for all active filters and schedule the sync event.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The .index field of i40e_udp_port_config represents the udp port number.
Rename this variable to port so that it is more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When allocating a large number of VFs, the driver previously used
i40e_reset_vf in a sequence. Just as when performing a normal reset,
this accumulates a large amount of delay for handling all of the VFs in
sequence. This delay is mainly due to a hardware requirement to wait
after initiating a reset on the VF.
We recently added a new function, i40e_reset_all_vfs() which can be used
to amortize the delay time, by first triggering all VF resets, then
waiting once, and finally cleaning up and allocating the VFs. This is
almost as good as truly running the resets in parallel.
In order to avoid sending a spurious reset message to a client
interface, we have a check to see whether we've assigned
pf->num_alloc_vfs yet. This was originally intended as a way to
distinguish the "initialization" case from the regular reset case.
Unfortunately, this means that we can't directly use i40e_reset_all_vfs
yet. Lets avoid this check of pf->num_alloc_vfs by replacing it with
a proper VSI state bit which we can use instead. This makes the
intention much clearer and allows us to re-use the i40e_reset_all_vfs
function directly.
Change-ID: I694279b37eb6b5a91b6670182d0c15d10244fd6e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These flags represent the state of the VF at various times. Do not
spell them as _STAT_ which can be confusing to readers who may think
these refer to statistics.
Change-ID: I6bc092cd472e8276896a1fd7498aced2084312df
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mailbox support for getting RETA and RSS is available for only 82599 and
x540; a previous patch reversed the logic and these adapters were
returning not supported.
Also, the NACK check in ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked() was checking for the
command IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA instead of IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY.
This patch corrects both issues by correcting the logic and checking for
the right command.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for new 1000Base-T device based on X550EM_X MAC
type. All PHY operations are disabled as the PHY is controlled
by FW.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, there is no logic that allows a VF's MAC address to be removed
from the RAR table.
Allow the user to specify a zero MAC address in order to clear the VF's
MAC address from the RAR table. This functionality is also utilized by
libvirt when removing VFs.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is based on ixgebvf_stats, not ixgbe_stats.
This change fixes a bug where ethtool -S displayed some empty fields.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flush the macvlan filters on VF reset to avoid conflict with other VFs that
may end up using the same MAC address.
The main change here is the call to ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() with index 0.
Moved ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() in front of ixgbe_vf_reset_event() to avoid
adding a prototype.
Reported-by: Sritej Kanakadandi Sritej Rama <skanakad@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current XDP implementation hits the tail on every XDP_TX return
code. This patch changes driver behavior to only hit the tail after
packet processing is complete.
With this patch I can run XDP drop programs @ 14+Mpps and XDP_TX
programs are at ~13.5Mpps.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A couple design choices were made here. First I use a new ring
pointer structure xdp_ring[] in the adapter struct instead of
pushing the newly allocated XDP TX rings into the tx_ring[]
structure. This means we have to duplicate loops around rings
in places we want to initialize both TX rings and XDP rings.
But by making it explicit it is obvious when we are using XDP
rings and when we are using TX rings. Further we don't have
to do ring arithmatic which is error prone. As a proof point
for doing this my first patches used only a single ring structure
and introduced bugs in FCoE code and macvlan code paths.
Second I am aware this is not the most optimized version of
this code possible. I want to get baseline support in using
the most readable format possible and then once this series
is included I will optimize the TX path in another series
of patches.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Basic XDP drop support for ixgbe. Uses READ_ONCE/xchg semantics on XDP
programs instead of RCU primitives as suggested by Daniel Borkmann and
Alex Duyck.
v2: fix the build issues seen w/ XDP when page sizes are larger than 4K
and made minor fixes based on feedback from Jakub Kicinski
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent firmware change fixed an issue to acquire the PHY semaphore before
accessing PHY registers. This led to a case where SW can issue a device
reset clearing the MDIO registers. This patch makes SW acquire the PHY
semaphore before issuing a device reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-20
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb/vf and ixgb.
Tobias Klauser cleans up e1000, ixgb and igbvf from having a local
function or structure for netdev stats.
Bernd Faust fixes an issue for 82579 devices, where the clock frequency
was being incorrectly set for these devices. These devices only support
96MHz, so make sure they are set to use only that.
Yury Kylulin extends the work Jake and Alex did for ixgbe in MAC filter
handling into the igb driver.
Kim Tatt Chuah enables igb to wake up by packet and to read the necessary
Wake Up Status (WUS) and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-19
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, most notable being
the addition of trace points for BPF programs.
Tobias Klauser updates i40evf to use net_device stats struct instead
of a local private copy.
Preethi updates the VF driver to not enable receive checksum offload by
default for tunneled packets.
Alex fixes an issue he introduced when he converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not.
Mitch adds the ability to dump additional information on the VFs, which
is not available through 'ip link show' using debugfs.
Scott adds trace points to the drivers so that BPF programs can be
attached for feature testing and verification.
Jingjing adds admin queue functions for Pipeline Personalization Profile
commands.
Jake does most of the heavy lifting in this series, starting with the
a reduction in the scope of the RTNL lock being held while resetting VFs
to allow multiple PFs to reset in a timely manner. Factored out the
direct queue modification so that we are able to re-use the code.
Reduced the wait time for admin queue commands to complete, since we were
waiting a minimum of a millisecond, when in practice the admin queue
command is processed often much faster. Cleaned up code (flag) we never
use. Make the code to resetting all the VFs optimized for parallel
computing instead of the current way is a serialized fashion, to help
reduce the time it takes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct igbvf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, in igb_resume(), igb driver ignores the Wake Up Status (WUS)
and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers. This patch enables the igb
driver to read the WUPM if the controller was woken by a wake up packet
that is not more than 128 bytes long (maximum WUPM size), then pass it
up the kernel network stack.
Signed-off-by: Kim Tatt Chuah <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functionality for the VF to request up to 3 additional MAC filters.
This is done using existing E1000_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR message, but with
additional message info - E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_CLR to clear all unicast
MAC filters previously set for this VF and E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_ADD to
add MAC filter.
Additional filters can be added only in case if administrator did not
set VF MAC explicitly and allowed to change default MAC to the VF.
Due to the limited number of RAR entries reserve at least 3 MAC filters
for the PF.
If SRIOV is supported by the NIC after this change RAR entries starting
from 1 to (RAR MAX ENTRIES - NUM SRIOV VFS) will be used for PF and VF
MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using the work which was done for ixgbe driver by Jacob Keller
commit 5d7daa35b9 ("ixgbe: improve mac filter handling") and Alexander
Duyck commit 0f079d2283 ("ixgbe: Use __dev_uc_sync and __dev_uc_unsync
for unicast addresses") and out-of-tree igb driver add functionality to
manage (add and delete) MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After an upgrade to Linux kernel v4.x the hardware timestamps of the
82579 Gigabit Ethernet Controller are different than expected.
The values that are being read are almost four times as big as before
the kernel upgrade.
The difference is that after the upgrade the driver sets the clock
frequency to 25MHz, where before the upgrade it was set to 96MHz. Intel
confirmed that the correct frequency for this network adapter is 96MHz.
Signed-off-by: Bernd Faust <berndfaust@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgb_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This state bit was added as a way for DCB to avoid having to wait for
the queues to disable when handling LLDP events. The logic for this was
burried deep within stop Tx and stop Rx queue code. First, let's rename
it so that it does not appear to only affect Tx when infact it modifies
both Tx and Rx flow. Second we can move it up into the i40e_stop_rings()
function, and we can simply re-use the i40e_stop_rings_no_wait() so that
we don't have to bury the implementation as deep into the call stack.
An alternative might be to remove the state bit and instead attempt to
shut down everything directly in DCP flow. This, however, is not ideal
because it creates yet another separate shutdown routine that we'd have
to maintain. In the current implementation any changes will be made to
both flows.
Change-ID: I68e1ccb901af320862bca395e9c9746f08e8b17c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there are a lot of active VFs, it can take multiple seconds to
finish resetting all of them during certain flows., which can cause some
VFs to fail to wait long enough for the reset to occur. The user might
see messages like "Never saw reset" or "Reset never finished" and the VF
driver will stop functioning properly.
The naive solution would be to simply increase the wait timer. We can
get much more clever. Notice that i40e_reset_vf is run in a serialized
fashion, and includes lots of delays.
There are two prominent delays which take most of the time. First, when
we begin resetting VFs, we have multiple 10ms delays which accrue
because we reset each VF in a serial fashion. These delays accumulate to
almost 4 seconds when handling the maximum number of VFs (128).
Secondly, there is a massive 50ms delay for each time we disable queues
on a VSI. This delay is necessary to allow HW to finish disabling queues
before we restore functionality. However, just like with the first case,
we are paying the cost for each VF, rather than disabling all VFs and
waiting once.
Both of these can be fixed, but required some previous refactoring to
handle the special case. First, we will need the
i40e_vsi_wait_queues_disabled function which was previously DCB
specific. Second, we will need to implement our own
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait function which will handle the stopping of
rings without the delays.
Finally, implement an i40e_reset_all_vfs function, which will first
start the reset of all VFs, and pay the wait cost all at once, rather
than serially waiting for each VF before we start processing then next
one. After the VF has been reset, we'll disable all the VF queues, and
then wait for them to disable. Again, we'll organize the flow such that
we pay the wait cost only once.
Finally, after we've disabled queues we'll go ahead and begin restoring
VF functionality. The result is reducing the wait time by a large factor
and ensuring that VFs do not timeout when waiting in the VF driver.
Change-ID: Ia6e8cf8d98131b78aec89db78afb8d905c9b12be
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch is going to want to re-use some of the code in
i40e_reset_vf, so lets break up the beginning and ending parts into
their own helper functions. The first function will be used to
initialize the reset on a VF, while the second function will be used to
finalize the reset and restore functionality.
Change-ID: I48df808b8bf09de3c2ed8c521f57b3f0ab9e5907
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag was originally intended to be used to let some
driver code know when we were running from netpoll.
Ultimately this was not necessary and we never used it.
Let's remove it
Change-ID: I43b72483d91c1638071d2a7f389ab171ec5b796a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When sending an adminq command, we wait for the command to complete in
a loop. This loop waits for an entire millisecond, when in practice the
adminq command is processed often much faster.
Change the loop to use i40e_usec_delay instead, and wait for 50 usecs
each time instead. This appears to be about the minimum time required,
based on some manual observation and testing.
The primary benefit of this change is reducing latency of various
operations in the PF driver, especially when related to having a large
number of VFs enabled.
For example, on Linux, when instantiating 128 VFs, the time to finish
the operation dropped from about 9 seconds down to under 6 seconds.
Additionally, the time it takes to finish a PF reset with 128 VFs
dropped from 5.1 seconds down to 0.7 seconds.
As the examples above show, a significant portion of the delay is wasted
waiting for admiqn operations which have already finished.
This patch shouldn't cause impact to functionality, as we still check
and keep waiting until the command does get processed. The only expected
change is an increase in CPU utilization as we now check for completion
far more times. However, in practice the commands appear to generally be
complete within the first delay window anyways.
Change-ID: If8af8388e100da0a14eaf9e1af3afadf73a958cf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The check for I40E_CONFIG_BUSY state bit in the i40e_set_link_ksettings
function is fishy. First we can notice a few things about the check here.
First a similar check was introduced by commit
'c7d05ca89f8e ("i40e: driver ethtool core")'
Later a commit introducing the link settings was added by commit
'bf9c71417f72 ("i40e: Implement set_settings for ethtool")'
However, this second check was against vsi->state instead of pf->state,
and also failed to set the bit, it only checks. That indicates the locking
was not quite correct. The only other place that the state bit
in vsi->state gets used is to protect the filter list.
Since this code does not care about the mac filter list, and seems
clear the original code should have set the pf->state bit. Fix these
issues by using pf->state correctly, and by actually setting the bit
so that we properly lock as expected.
Since these checks occur while holding the rtnl_lock(), lets also add a
timeout so that we don't potentially softlock the system.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will need to be able to handle controlling queues without
waiting until all VSIs are handled. Factor out the direct queue
modification so that we can easily re-use this code. The result is also
a bit easier to read since we don't embed multiple single-letter loop
counters.
Change-ID: Id923cbfa43127b1c24d8ed4f809b1012c736d9ac
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We made some effort to reduce the RTNL lock scope when resetting and
rebuilding the PF. Unfortunately we still held the RTNL lock during the
VF reset operation, which meant that multiple PFs could not reset in
parallel due to the global lock. For now, further reduce the scope by
not holding the RTNL lock while resetting VFs. This allows multiple PFs
to reset in a timely manner.
Change-ID: I2fbf823a0063f24dff67676cad09f0bbf83ee4ce
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds tracepoints to the i40e and i40evf drivers to which
BPF programs can be attached for feature testing and verification.
It's expected that an attached BPF program will identify and count or
log some interesting subset of traffic. The bcc-tools package is
helpful there for containing all the BPF arcana in a handy Python
wrapper. Though you can make these tracepoints log trace messages, the
messages themselves probably won't be very useful (other to verify the
tracepoint is being called while you're debugging your BPF program).
The idea here is that tracepoints have such low performance cost when
disabled that we can leave these in the upstream drivers. This may
eventually enable the instrumentation of unmodified customer systems
should the need arise to verify a NIC feature is working as expected.
In general this enables one set of feature verification tools to be
used on these drivers whether they're built with the kernel or
separately.
Users are advised against using these tracepoints for anything other
than a diagnostic tool. They have a performance impact when enabled,
and their exact placement and form may change as we see how well they
work in practice for the purposes above.
Change-ID: Id6014a7322c0e6d08068114dd20bd156f2f6435e
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Dump some internal state about VFs through debugfs. This provides
information not available with 'ip link show'. To use, write "dump vf
<id>" to the command file, or just "dump vf" to dump information on all
of the VFs.
Change-ID: Ibe32b7f4ae55d4358c0b903217475f708ada1ecd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue I introduced when I converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not. It
turns out that we are also processing programming descriptors in the Rx
path and need to have these processed even though the length field will be
0 on these packets. What will happen with a programming descriptor is that
we will receive a descriptor that has the SPH bit set, and the header
length and packet length fields cleared.
To account for this we should be checking for the bit for split header
being set even though we aren't actually using header split. This bit is
set in the length field to indicate if a programming descriptor response is
contained in the descriptor. Since we don't support header split we don't
need to perform the extra checks of using a fixed value for the entire
length field.
In addition I am moving the function for checking if a filter is a
programming status filter into the i40e_txrx.c file since there is no
longer support for FCoE it doesn't make sense to keep this file in i40e.h.
Change-ID: I12c359c3dc70adb9d6b92b27324bb2c7f04c1a06
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx checksum offload for tunneled packets was never being negotiated or
requested by VF. This capability was assumed by default and enabled in
current hardware for VF. Going forward, this feature needs to be disabled
or advanced ptypes should be negotiated with PF in the future.
Change-ID: I9e54cfa8a90e03ab6956db4412f1e337ccd2c2e0
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct i40evf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I just found that when we had changed the Rx path to check for length
instead of the DD bit we introduced an issue in ixgbe_dump since we were no
longer clearing the status bits.
To correct this I am updating ixgbe_dump to look for the length bits in the
descriptor since that is what we are using in the Rx path.
Fixes: c3630cc40b ("ixgbe: Use length to determine if descriptor is done")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases the headroom allocated when using build_skb on a
system with 4K pages. Specifically the breakdown of headroom versus cache
size is as follows:
L1 Cache Size Headroom
64 192
64, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 194
128 128
128, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 130
256 512
256, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 258
I stopped at supporting only a cache line size of 256 as that was the
largest cache size I could find supported in the kernel.
With this we are guaranteeing at least 128 bytes of headroom to spare in
the frame. This should be enough for us to insert a couple of IPv6 headers
if needed which is likely enough room for anything XDP should need.
I'm leaving the padding for systems with pages larger than 4K unmodified
for now. XDP currently isn't really setup to work on those types of
systems so we can cross that bridge when we get there.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We did not have a check in place for MMNGC.MNG_VETO when setting up link
on X550EM_X KR devices which resulted in link loss for the BMC when
loading the driver.
This patch adds a check for ixgbe_check_reset_blocked() in setup_link()
since in that case there is no PHY reset function.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the Marvell 1145 PHY define as we have never had a device that
supports it and have no plan to in the future. The existence of this
define has caused confusing on whether or not this PHY was supported
by ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid setting adapter->num_vfs early in the init code path when
using the max_vfs module parameter by passing it to ixgbe_enable_sriov()
as a function parameter.
This fixes an issue where if we failed to allocate vfinfo in
__ixgbe_enable_sriov() the driver will crash with NULL pointer in
ixgbe_disable_sriov() when attempting to free the vfinfo struct based
on adapter->num_vfs. Also it cleans up the assignment of adapter->num_vfs
since now it will only be set in __ixgbe_enable_sriov() and cleared in
ixgbe_disable_sriov().
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we exit at the end of the block, we can save a level of
indentation by performing an early return, and make the next several
sections of code more legible, with fewer 80 character line breaks.
Also moved allocating vfinfo at the beginning and the notification
for enabling SRIOV at the end of the function when we know that it
will succeed.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the code allocating memory for list of MAC addresses that
the VFs can use for MACVLAN into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add default setting for mac->ops.setup_link on x550em_a MAC types.
This fixes a link issue on KR parts.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We forgot to indicate some of the supported speed on the X553
backplane. This patch attempts to correct for that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add support for X552 XFI backplane interface. The XFI
backplane requires a custom tuned link. HW/FW owns the link config
for XF backplane and SW must not interfere with it.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The initial patches supporting X553 sgmii forgot some details. This patch
should cover those missing spots.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The KX4 PHY is configured by the NVM. Currently, the driver is overwriting
the config; remove the code associated with KX4 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
As pr_cont output can be interleaved by other processes,
using pr_cont should be avoided where possible.
Miscellanea:
- Use a temporary pointer to hold the next descriptions and
consolidate the pr_cont uses
- Use the temporary buffer to hold the 8 u32 register values and
emit those in a single go
- Coalesce formats and logging neatening around those changes
- Fix a defective output for the rx ring entry description when
also emitting rx_buffer_info data
This reduces overall object size a tiny bit too.
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/*.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62167 728 12 62907 f5bb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.new
62273 728 12 63013 f625 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When DCB is enabled, add checks to ensure creation of number of VF's is
valid based on the traffic classes configured by the device.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to improve the performance of the Rx path.
Specifically by using build_skb we have several distinct advantages.
In the case of small frames we were previously using a copy-break approach.
This means that we were allocating a page fragment to use for skb->head,
and were having to copy the packet into that region. Both of those calls
are now avoided since we just build the skb around the data.
In the case of large frames the gains are much more significant.
Specifically we were having to allocate skb->head, and copy the headers as
before. However in addition we were having to parse the header using
eth_get_headlen which could be quite expensive. All of this is avoided by
building the frame around the data. I have seen gains as high as 30% when
using VXLAN for instance due to just header pulling overhead.
Finally with all this in place it also sets us up to start looking at
enabling XDP. Specifically we now have a path in which the data is in the
page and the frame is built around it. So if we parse it with XDP before
we call build_skb we can take care of any necessary processing there.
Change-ID: Id4bdd618e94473d41f892417e5d8019639e421e3
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds padding to the start of frames to make room for headroom
for us to eventually start using build_skb. Right now we guarantee at
least NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN, however we allocate more space if more is
available. For example on x86 the headroom should be 192 bytes.
On systems that have too large of a cache line size to support storing 1.5K
padding and shared info we default to using 3K buffers and reserve
everything that isn't used for skb_shared_info or the data buffer for
headroom.
Change-ID: I33c641c9a1ea10cf7cc484c2d20985368d2d709a
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are situations where adding padding to the front and back of an Rx
buffer will require that we add additional padding. Specifically if
NET_IP_ALIGN is non-zero, or the MTU size is larger than 7.5K we would need
to use 2K buffers which leaves us with no room for the padding.
To preemptively address these cases I am adding support for 3K buffers to
the Rx path so that we can provide the additional padding needed in the
event of NET_IP_ALIGN being non-zero or a cache line being greater than 64.
Change-ID: I938bc1ba611285428df39a613cd66f98e60b55c7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since an early commit a few flags have no longer
been used. Remove these definitions to reduce code clutter.
Change-ID: I3589be4622574e747013cd4dc403e18b039f4965
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I40E_FLAG_NEED_LINK_UPDATE was never used. Remove the flag
definitions.
Change-ID: If59d0c6b4af85ca27281f3183c54b055adb439a4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can simply check both Tx and Rx queues in a single loop, rather than
repeating the loop twice.
Change-ID: Ic06f26b0e3c2620e0e33c1a2999edda488e647ad
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Look up the MAC address from the eth_get_platform_mac_address() function
first before checking what the firmware provides. We already handle the
case of re-writing the MAC-VLAN filter, so there is no need to add extra
code for this. However, update the comment where we do this to indicate
that it does impact the Open Firmware MAC address case.
Change-ID: I73e59fbe0b0e7e6f3ee9f5170d0bd3a4d5faf4db
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch greatly reduces the unneeded complexity in the
i40e_detect_recover_hung_queue code path. The previous implementation
set a 'hung bit' which would then get cleared while polling. If the
detection routine was called a second time with the bit already set, we
would issue a software interrupt. This patch makes it such that if
interrupts are disabled and we have pending TX descriptors, we trigger a
software interrupt since in, the worst case, queues are already clean
and we have an extra interrupt.
Additionally this patch removes the workaround for lost interrupts as
calling napi_reschedule in this context can cause software interrupts to
fire on the wrong CPU.
Change-ID: Iae108582a3ceb6229ed1d22e4ed6e69cf97aad8d
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously rtnl lock was held during whole reset procedure that
was stopping other PFs running their reset procedures. In the result
reset was not handled properly and host reset was the only way
to recover.
Change-ID: I23c0771c0303caaa7bd64badbf0c667e25142954
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor cleanup so that we are always updating pf->flags when we
make a change to the private flags instead of updating a mix of either
pf->flags and/or pf->hw_disabled_flags.
In addition I went through and cleaned out all the spots where we were
using the X722 define in regards to this flag.
Lastly since we changed the logic I went through and flushed out any
redundancy and cleaned up the handling of the flags in the Tx path.
Change-ID: I79ff95a7272bb2533251ff11ef91e89ccb80b610
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the error message displayed when adding a filter with an
invalid flow type. Additionally, report a distinct error message when
the IPv4 protocol is at fault.
Change-ID: Iba3d85b87f8d383c97c8bdd180df34a6adf3ee67
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client interface is only intended for use on devices that support
iWarp. Only register with the client if this is the case.
This fixes a panic when loading i40iw on X710 devices.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is removed or shut down, close any attached clients
(i.e. i40iw). This prevents a panic seen sometimes on forced driver
removal or system shutdown when iWarp is running.
Change-ID: I4f6161e5a73ffbb2fd5883567b007310302bfcb5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, a client (i40iw) may already be present when probe is
called. Check for this, and add a client instance if necessary.
Change-ID: I2009312694b7ad81f1023919e4c6c86181f21689
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is unloaded, we need to remove the client instance,
otherwise we leak memory.
Change-ID: If1e7882ac1f6ce15d004722fafbe31afbe0adc9a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a capability negotiation between VF and PF using ENCAP/
ENCAP_CSUM offload flags in order for the VF to support outer checksum
and TSO offloads for encapsulated packets. These capabilities were assumed
by default and enabled in current hardware. Going forward, these features
needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the stack.
Additionally, strip out the mac.type checks for X722 since outer checksums
are enabled based on the ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag and maintain
consistency between drivers in how the features are configured.
Change-ID: Ie380a6f57eca557a2bb575b66b12fae36d308920
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-05
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Phil Turnbull from Oracle fixes an issue where the argument provided to
FM10K_REMOVED macro was not what was expecting.
Jake modifies the driver to replace the bitwise operators and defines with
a BITMAP and enumeration values to avoid race conditions. Also future
proof the driver so that developers do not have to remember to re-size the
bitmaps when adding new values. Fixed the wording of a code comment to
avoid stating that we return a value for a void function.
Ngai-Mint makes sure that when configuring the receive ring, we make sure
the receive queue is disabled. Fixed an issue where interfaces were
resetting because the transmit mailbox FIFO was becoming full since the
host was not ready, so ensure the host is ready before queueing up
mailbox messages.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interfaces will reset whenever the TX mailbox FIFO has become full. This
occurs more frequently whenever the IES API application is not running
to process and clear the messages in the FIFO. Thus, this could lead to
situations where the interface would enter an infinite reset loop. That
is: if the interface is trying to synchronize a huge number of unicast
and multicast entries with the IES API application, the TX mailbox FIFO
will become full and the interface resets. Once the interface exits
reset, it'll try to synchronize the unicast and multicast entries again.
Ergo, this creates an infinite loop. Other actions such as multiple
mulitcast mode or up/down transitions will fill the TX mailbox FIFO and
induce the interface to reset. To correct these situations, check if the
interface's "host_ready" flag is enabled before enqueuing any messages
to the TX mailbox FIFO. This check will be conducted by a function call.
Lastly, this issue mainly affects the PF and, thus, the VF is exempt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Write to RXQCTL register to disable the receive queue when configuring
the RX ring.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the comment to avoid stating that we return a value for this
void function. Additionally, there is no need to mention older kernels,
since this is the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If some code path executes fm10k_service_event_schedule(), it is
guaranteed that we only queue the service task once, since we use
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED flag. Unfortunately this has a side effect that if
a service request occurs while we are currently running the watchdog, it
is possible that we will fail to notice the request and ignore it until
the next time the request occurs.
This can cause problems with pf/vf mailbox communication and other
service event tasks. To avoid this, introduce a FM10K_SERVICE_REQUEST
bit. When we successfully schedule (and set the _SCHED bit) the service
task, we will clear this bit. However, if we are unable to currently
schedule the service event, we just set the new SERVICE_REQUEST bit.
Finally, after the service event completes, we will re-schedule if the
request bit has been set.
This should ensure that we do not miss any service event schedules,
since we will re-schedule it once the currently running task finishes.
This means that for each request, we will always schedule the service
task to run at least once in full after the request came in.
This will avoid timing issues that can occur with the service event
scheduling. We do pay a cost in re-running many tasks, but all the
service event tasks use either flags to avoid duplicate work, or are
tolerant of being run multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This ensures that future programmers do not have to remember to re-size
the bitmaps due to adding new values. Although this is unlikely for this
driver, it may happen and it's best to prevent it from ever being an
issue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace bitwise operators and #defines with a BITMAP and enumeration
values. This is similar to how we handle the "state" values as well.
This has two distinct advantages over the old method. First, we ensure
correctness of operations which are currently problematic due to race
conditions. Suppose that two kernel threads are running, such as the
watchdog and an ethtool ioctl, and both modify flags. We'll say that the
watchdog is CPU A, and the ethtool ioctl is CPU B.
CPU A sets FLAG_1, which can be seen as
CPU A read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_1
CPU B sets FLAG_2, which can be seen as
CPU B read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_2
However, "|=" and "&=" operators are not actually atomic. So this could
be ordered like the following:
CPU A read FLAGS -> variable
CPU B read FLAGS -> variable
CPU A write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_1)
CPU B write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_2)
Notice how the 2nd write from CPU B could actually undo the write from
CPU A because it isn't guaranteed that the |= operation is atomic.
In practice the race windows for most flag writes is incredibly narrow
so it is not easy to isolate issues. However, the more flags we have,
the more likely they will cause problems. Additionally, if such
a problem were to arise, it would be incredibly difficult to track down.
Second, there is an additional advantage beyond code correctness. We can
now automatically size the BITMAP if more flags were added, so that we
do not need to remember that flags is u32 and thus if we added too many
flags we would over-run the variable. This is not a likely occurrence
for fm10k driver, but this patch can serve as an example for other
drivers which have many more flags.
This particular change does have a bit of trouble converting some of the
idioms previously used with the #defines for flags. Specifically, when
converting FM10K_FLAG_RSS_FIELD_IPV[46]_UDP flags. This whole operation
was actually quite problematic, because we actually stored flags
separately. This could more easily show the problem of the above
re-ordering issue.
This is really difficult to test whether atomics make a difference in
practical scenarios, but you can ensure that basic functionality remains
the same. This patch has a lot of code coverage, but most of it is
relatively simple.
While we are modifying these files, update their copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FM10K_REMOVED expects a hardware address, not a 'struct fm10k_hw'.
Fixes: 5cb8db4a4c ("fm10k: Add support for VF")
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These files all use functions declared in interrupt.h, but currently rely
on implicit inclusion of this file (via netns/xfrm.h).
That won't work anymore when the flow cache is removed so include that
header where needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a delay to Rx queue disables to accommodate HW needs.
v2: Added missing check for disable only, additional details on the
need for the ugly delay and fixed spacing on comment.
Change-ID: I2864ca667ce5dcc2cc44f8718113b719742a46a1
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the way we handle the maximum frame size for the Rx
path. Previously we were rounding up to 2K for a 1500 MTU and then brining
the max frame size down to MTU plus a fixed amount. With this patch
applied what we now do is limit the maximum frame to 1.5K minus the value
for NET_IP_ALIGN for standard MTU, and for any MTU greater than 1500 we
allow up to the maximum frame size. This makes the behavior more
consistent with the other drivers such as igb which had similar logic. In
addition it reduces the test matrix for MTU since we only have two max
frame sizes that are handled for Rx now.
Change-ID: I23a9d3c857e7df04b0ef28c64df63e659c013f3f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a control which will allow us to toggle into and out of the
legacy Rx mode. The legacy Rx mode is what we currently do when performing
Rx. As I make further changes what should happen is that the driver will
fall back to the behavior for Rx as of this patch should the "legacy-rx"
flag be set to on.
Change-ID: I0342998849bbb31351cce05f6e182c99174e7751
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to clean up the code in preparation for us adding
support for build_skb. Specifically we deconstruct i40e_fetch_buffer into
several functions so that those functions can later be reused when we add a
path for build_skb.
Specifically with this change we split out the code for adding a page to an
exiting skb.
Change-ID: Iab1efbab6b8b97cb60ab9fdd0be1d37a056a154d
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls out the code responsible for handling buffer recycling and
page counting and distributes it through several functions. This allows us
to commonize the bits that handle either freeing or recycling the buffers.
As far as the page count tracking one change to the logic is that
pagecnt_bias is decremented as soon as we call i40e_get_rx_buffer. It is
then the responsibility of the function that pulls the data to either
increment the pagecnt_bias if the buffer can be recycled as-is, or to
update page_offset so that we are pointing at the correct location for
placement of the next buffer.
Change-ID: Ibac576360cb7f0b1627f2a993d13c1a8a2bf60af
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls the code responsible for fetching the Rx buffer and
synchronizing DMA into a function, specifically called i40e_get_rx_buffer.
The general idea is to allow for better code reuse by pulling this out of
i40e_fetch_rx_buffer. We dropped a couple of prefetches since the time
between the prefetch being called and the data being accessed was too small
to be useful.
Change-ID: I4885fce4b2637dbedc8e16431169d23d3d7e79b9
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
Change-ID: Iebdf9cdb36c454ef092df27199b92ad09c374231
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag hasn't been used since commit 1e1be8f622 ("i40e: ATR policy
change to flush the table to clean stale ATR rules").
Lets simplify things and just remove it.
Change-ID: I76279d84db8a2fd96f445b96aa413059f9256879
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The goto found here for when in MFP mode is pointless. It jumps to the
end of a series of if blocks. However, right after this statement is
a closing '}' for this if block, which will result in the program flow
going to the exact same location as the goto statement indicates. Thus,
regardless of whether we are in MFP mode, the program flow will resume
from the same location.
This arose due to various refactoring which did not notice that this
goto became essentially a no-op.
To properly understand this diff you will need to view a larger context
than is given by default.
Change-ID: I088f73c3831aa5c4e2281380c7a3ce605594300c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a case where we miss an arq element if a new one is added before we
enable interrupts and exit the arq subtask loop. This occurs frequently
with RDMA running on Windows VF and causes long delays that prevent SMB
from establishing connections.
Change-ID: I3e1c8b2b960c12857d9b8275bea2c1563674392e
Signed-off-by: Christopher N Bednarz <christopher.n.bednarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL722 doesn't support the AQ command to read/write the control
register so enable it to bypass the check and use the direct read/write
method.
Change-ID: Iefecc737b57207485c90845af5989d5af518bf16
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up and addresses several issues in the way that i40e
handles private flags. Previously the code was choosing fixed bits and
trying to match them up with strings in a somewhat haphazard way. This
resulted in the possibility for adding a new bit and causing a mismatch as
the private flags are linear bits starting at 0, and the private flags in
the driver were split up over a group specific to the PF and a group that
was global.
What this change does is define an array of structs used to represent the
private flags. Contained within the structs are the bits necessary to know
which flags to set and/or clear depending on the state of the bit. By
doing this we can add new bits in the future with minimal overhead and
avoid creating possible mis-matches should we need to remove a flag based
on compile options.
Change-ID: Ia3214ab04f0ab2f70354ac0997a135f1d01b0acd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current driver mode is to use a write-back mechanism for the head
register which indicates transmit completions. The VF driver needs to be
able to work on hardware that exclusively uses descriptor write-back, so
change the default driver mode of operation to descriptor write-back for
VF. In our analysis, performance wasn't significantly different with
either write-back method.
Change-ID: Ia92e4ec77c2df8dc4515c71d53746d57d77759af
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Probably due to some mis-merging fix a bug associated with commits
d7ce6422d6 ("i40e: don't check params until after checking for client
instance", 2017-02-09) and 3140aa9a78c9 ("i40e: KISS the client
interface", 2017-03-14)
The first commit tried to move the initialization of the params
structure so that we didn't bother doing this if we didn't have a client
interface. You can already see that it looks fishy because of the
indentation. The second commit refactors a bunch of the interface, and
incorrectly drops the params initialization.
I believe what occurred is that internally the two patches were
re-ordered, and the merge conflicts as a result were performed
incorrectly.
Fix the use of an uninitialized variable by correctly initializing the
params variable via i40e_client_get_params().
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VSI is being dereferenced before the VSI null check; if VSI is
null we end up with a null pointer dereference. Fix this by
performing VSI deference after the VSI null check. Also remove
the need for using adapter by using vsi->back->cinst.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1419696, CID#1419697
("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: ed0e894de7 ("i40evf: add client interface")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since FCoE isn't supported by the i40e products there isn't much point in
carrying around code that will always evaluate to false. This patch goes
through and strips out the code in several spots so that we don't go around
carrying variables and/or code that is always going to evaluate to false or
0.
Change-ID: I39d1d779c66c638b75525839db2b6208fdc809d7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the code for FCoE it looks like the Rx path has been broken at
least since the last major Rx refactor almost a year ago. It seems like
FCoE isn't supported for any of the Fortville/Fortpark hardware so there
isn't much point in carrying the code around, especially if it is broken
and untested.
Change-ID: I892de8fa551cb129ce2361e738ff82ce55fa229e
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor clean-up to make the i40e/i40evf process_skb_fields
function look a little more like what we have in igb. The Rx checksum
function called out a need for skb->protocol but I can't see where it
actually needs it. I am assuming this is something that was likely
refactored out some time ago as the Rx checksum code has gone through a few
rewrites.
Change-ID: I0b4668a34d90b61b66ded7c7c26e19a3e2d06251
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed no longer needed delays. At preproduction stage those delays were
needed but now these delays are not needed.
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
First, this patch eliminates IOMMU DMAR Faults caused by VF hardware.
This is done by enabling VF hardware only after VSI resources are
freed. Otherwise, hardware could DMA into memory that is (or just has
been) being freed.
Then, the VF driver is activated only after VSI resources have been
reallocated. That's because the VF driver can request resources
immediately after it's activated. So they need to be ready at that
point.
The second race condition happens when the OS initiates a VF reset,
and then before it's finished modifies VF's settings by changing its
MAC, VLAN ID, bandwidth allocation, anti-spoof checking, etc. These
functions needed to be blocked while VF is undergoing reset. Otherwise,
they could operate on data structures that had just been freed or not
yet fully initialized.
Change-ID: I43ba5a7ae2c9a1cce3911611ffc4598ae33ae3ff
Signed-off-by: Robert Konklewski <robertx.konklewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to reset skb back to NULL when we have freed it in the Rx cleanup
path. I found one spot where this wasn't occurring so this patch fixes it.
Change-ID: Iaca68934200732cd4a63eb0bd83b539c95f8c4dd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in the driver where the calculation of the
RSS size was not taking into account the number of traffic classes
enabled. This patch factors in the traffic classes both in
the initial configuration of the table as well as reconfiguration.
Change-ID: I34dcd345ce52faf1d6b9614bea28d450cfd5f621
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
I also found and fixed a store forwarding stall from where we were
assigning "*new_buff = *old_buff". By breaking it up into individual
copies we can avoid this and as a result the performance is slightly
improved.
Change-ID: I1d3880dece4133eca3c32423b04a5467321ccc52
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing the epoll w/ busy poll code I found that I could get into a
state where the i40e driver had q_vectors w/ active NAPI that had no rings.
This was resulting in a divide by zero error. To correct it I am updating
the driver code so that we only support NAPI on q_vectors that have 1 or
more rings allocated to them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 7e54d9d063.
After additional regression testing, several users are experiencing
kernel panics during shutdown on e1000e devices. Reverting this
change resolves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a complex if->continue->else->break construction in
i40e_next_filter. We can simply use hlist_for_each_entry_continue
instead. This drops a lot of confusing code. The resulting code is much
easier to understand the intention, and follows the more normal pattern
for using hlist loops. We could have also used a break with a "return
next" at the end of the function, instead of return NULL, but the
current implementation is explicitly clear that when you reach the end
of the loop you get a NULL value. The alternative construction is less
clear since the reader would have to know that next is NULL at the end
of the loop.
Change-Id: Ife74ca451dd79d7f0d93c672bd42092d324d4a03
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable FDir filters for SCTPv4 packets using the ethtool ntuple
interface to enable filters. The ethtool API does not allow masking on
the verification tag.
Change-Id: I093e88a8143994c7e6f4b7b17a0bd5cf861d18e4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for flexible payloads passed via ethtool user-def field.
This support is somewhat limited due to hardware design. The input set
can only be programmed once per filter type, and the flexible offset is
part of this filter input set. This means that the user cannot program
both a regular and a flexible filter at the same time for a given flow
type. Additionally, the user may not program two flexible filters of the
same flow type with different offsets, although they are allowed to
configure different values at that offset location.
We support a single flexible word (2byte) value per protocol type, and
we handle the FLX_PIT register using a list of flexible entries so that
each flow type may be configured separately.
Due to hardware implementation, the flexible data is offset from the
start of the packet payload, and thus may not be in part of the header
data. For this reason, the offset provided by the user defined data is
interpreted as a byte offset from the start of the matching payload.
Previous implementations have tried to represent the offset as from the
start of the frame, but this is not feasible because header sizes may
change due to options.
Change-Id: 36ed27995e97de63f9aea5ade5778ff038d6f811
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add code to parse the user-def field into a data structure format. This
code is intended to allow future extensions of the user-def field by
keeping all code that actually reads and writes the field into a single
location. This ensures that we do not litter the driver with references
to the user-def field and minimizes the amount of bitwise operations we
need to do on the data.
Add code which parses the lower 32bits into a flexible word and its
offset. This will be used in a future patch to enable flexible filters
which can match on some arbitrary data in the packet payload. For now,
we just return -EOPNOTSUPP when this is used.
Add code to fill in the user-def field when reporting the filter back,
even though we don't actually implement any user-def fields yet.
Additionally, ensure that we mask the extended FLOW_EXT bit from the
flow_type now that we will be accepting filters which have the FLOW_EXT
bit set (and thus make use of the user-def field).
Change-Id: I238845035c179380a347baa8db8223304f5f6dd7
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not use the user-def field for determining the VF target. Instead,
similar to ixgbe, partition the ring_cookie value into 8bits of VF
index, along with 32bits of queue number. This is better than using the
user-def field, because it leaves the field open for extension in
a future patch which will enable flexible data. Also, this matches with
convention used by ixgbe and other drivers.
Change-Id: Ie36745186d817216b12f0313b99ec95cb8a9130c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support to detect when we can update the input set for each flow
type.
Because the hardware only supports a single input set for all flows of
that matching type, the driver shall only allow the input set to change
if there are no other configured filters for that flow type.
Thus, the first filter added for each flow type is allowed to change the
input set, and all future filters must match the same input set. Display
a diagnostic message whenever the filter input set changes, and
a warning whenever a filter cannot be accepted because it does not match
the configured input set.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that the default input set is correctly reprogrammed when
cleaning up after disabling flow director support. This ensures that the
programmed value will be in a clean state.
Although we do not yet have support for SCTPv4 filters, a future patch
will add support for this protocol, so we will correctly restore the
SCTPv4 input set here as well. Note that strictly speaking the default
hardware value for SCTP includes matching the verification tag. However,
the ethtool API does not have support for specifying this value, so
there is no reason to keep the verification field enabled.
This patch is the next step on the way to enabling partial tuple filters
which will be implemented in a following patch.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not assume that hardware has been programmed with the default mask,
but instead read the input set registers to determine what is currently
programmed. This ensures that all programmed filters match exactly how
the hardware will interpret them, avoiding confusion regarding filter
behavior.
This sets the initial ground-work for allowing custom input sets where
some fields are disabled. A future patch will fully implement this
feature.
Instead of using bitwise negation, we'll just explicitly check for the
correct value. The use of htonl and htons are used to silence sparse
warnings. The compiler should be able to handle the constant value and
avoid actually performing a byteswap.
Change-Id: I3d8db46cb28ea0afdaac8c5b31a2bfb90e3a4102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation of .set_rxnfc does not properly read the mask
field for filter entries. This results in incorrect driver behavior, as
we do not reject filters which have masks set to ignore some fields. The
current implementation simply assumes that every part of the tuple or
"input set" is specified. This results in filters not behaving as
expected, and not working correctly.
As a first step in supporting some partial filters, add code which
checks the mask fields and rejects any filters which do not have an
acceptable mask. For now, we just assume that all fields must be set.
This will get the driver one step towards allowing some partial filters.
At a minimum, the ethtool commands which previously installed filters
that would not function will now return a non-zero exit code indicating
failure instead.
We should now be meeting the minimum requirements of the .set_rxnfc API,
by ensuring that all filters we program have a valid mask value for each
field.
Finally, add code to report the mask correctly so that the ethtool
command properly reports the mask to the user.
Note that the typecast to (__be16) when checking source and destination
port masks is required because the ~ bitwise negation operator does not
correctly handle variables other than integer size.
Change-Id: Ia020149e07c87aa3fcec7b2283621b887ef0546f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-03-20
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Philippe Reynes updates i40e and i40evf to use the new ethtool API for
{get|set}_link_ksettings.
Jake provides the remaining patches in the series, starting with a fix
for i40e where the firmware expected the port numbers for the offloaded
UDP tunnels in Little Endian format and we were sending them in Big Endian
format which put the wrong port number to be put in the UDP tunnel list.
Changed the driver to use __be32 values instead of arrays for
(src|dst)_ip. Refactored the exit flow of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() which
removes the dependency on having a non-zero return value. Fixed a memory
leak by running kfree() and returning immediately when we fail to add
flow director filter. Fixed a potential issue where could update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding a filter, by moving
the ATR exit check to after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. Ensures that the fd_tcp_rule count is reset to 0, before
we reprogram the filters so that we do not end up with a stale count
which does not correctly reflect the number of programmed filters. Added
a check whether we have TCP/IPv4 filters before re-enabling ATR after
flushing and replaying FDIR filters. Added counters for each filter
type in preparation for adding code to properly check the mask value.
Fixed potential issues by explicitly checking the flow type at the
start of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool(). To avoid possible memory leaks,
we now unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it is identical to
the new filter and ensures will always update the filters as expected.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous code relied on i40e_match_fdir_input_set to determine when
determining whether to free the old filter. Change this code so that we
simply unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it's identical to
the new filter. This ensures that we don't leak any memory, and that we
always update the filters as expected.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although we will fail the filter later due to checking flow_type which
will have a bogus invalid type, it is possible future refactoring will
remove this hidden failure case. Avoid a possible issue in the future by
explicitly checking the flow type at the start.
Change-Id: Ia98eb26f7b93ccbe38c7141e8f203ef496fc6598
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding code to properly check the mask values, we
will need to know the number of active filters for each type. Add
counters for each filter type. Rename the already existing fd_tcp_rule
to fd_tcp4_filter_cnt to match the style of other names. To avoid style
warnings, avoid assigning multiple parameters at once, and fix up one
other case where we did so previously.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When flushing and replaying FDIR filters, it is possible we would
disable ATR, and then re-enable it even though we should have kept
it disabled due to existing TCP/IPv4 filters. Fix this by checking
whether we have TCP4/IPv4 filters before re-enabling.
Alternatively, we could instead restore ATR and then replay filters,
however, this would cause us to rapidly enable and then disable ATR in
some cases.
Change-ID: I076e4cc1e4409bce7f98f3c213295433a4ff43d8
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we're about to reprogram the filters, we need to ensure that the
fd_tcp_rule count is correctly reset to 0. Otherwise, we will keep
a stale count that does not accurately reflect the number of programmed
TCPv4 filters.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_fdir_filter_restore re-adds all existing filters, which already
checks when adding a TCPv4 filter to disable ATR. We don't need to make
the check twice, so remove this redundant code.
Change-ID: Ia0b0690e23523915199d601494557def135c9d7f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move ATR exit check after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. This avoids an issue where we potentially update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding the filter. Now, we
only increment the fd_tcp_rule after we've succeeded. Additionally, we
will re-enable ATR mode only after deletion of the filter is actually
posted to the FDIR ring.
Change-ID: If5c1dea422081cc5e2de65618b01b4c3bf6bd586
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of setting err=true and checking this to determine when to free
the raw_packet near the end of the function, simply kfree and return
immediately. The resulting code is a bit cleaner and has one less
variable. This also resolves a subtle bug in the ipv4 case which could
fail to add the first filter and then never free the memory, resulting
in a small memory leak.
Change-ID: I7583aac033481dc794b4acaa14445059c8930ff1
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the exit flow of the i40e_add_fdir_ethtool function. Move the
input_label to the end of the function, removing the dependency on
having a non-zero return value. Add a comment explaining why it is ok
not to free the fdir data structure, because the structure is now stored
in the fdir_filter_list.
Change-Id: I723342181d59cd0c9f3b31140c37961ba37bb242
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code originally included src_ip and dst_ip with enough space to
support ipv6 filters. However, no actual support for ipv6 filters has
been implemented. Thus, remove the arrays and just use __be32 values.
Should ipv6 support be added in the future, we can replace these with
a union that has sizes for both values.
Change-Id: I1bc04032244a80eb6ebc8a4e6c723a4a665c1dd5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware expects the port numbers for offloaded UDP tunnels in
Little Endian format. We accidentally sent the value in Big Endian
format which obviously will cause the wrong port number to be put into
the UDP tunnels list. This results in VxLAN and Geneve tunnel Rx
offloads being essentially disabled, unless the port number happens to
be identical after byte swapping. Note that i40e_aq_add_udp_tunnel()
will byteswap the parameter from host order into Little Endian so we
don't need worry about passing strictly a __le16 value to the command.
This patch essentially reverts b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte
swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24), but in a way that makes the result
much more clear to the reader.
Fixes: b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was a typo that I had left in the code comments for the igb and ixgbe
functions that enabled build_skb support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This reverts commit f9d40f6a99 ("igb: Revert support for build_skb in
igb") and adds a few changes to update it to work with the latest version
of igb. We are now able to revert the removal of this due to the fact
that with the recent changes to the page count and the use of
DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC we can make the pages writable so we should not be
invalidating the additional data added when we call build_skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
At this point we have 2 to 3 paths that can be taken depending on what Rx
modes are enabled. In order to better support that and improve the
maintainability I am breaking out the common bits from those paths and
making them into their own functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the size of the frame limited we can now write to an offset within the
buffer instead of having to write at the very start of the buffer. The
advantage to this is that it allows us to leave padding room for things
like supporting XDP in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for using 3K buffers in order 1 pages the same way
we were using 2K buffers in 4K pages. We are reserving 1K of room for now
to have space available for future headroom and tailroom when we enable
build_skb support.
One side effect of this patch is that we can end up using a larger buffer
if jumbo frames is enabled. The impact shouldn't be too great, but it
could hurt small packet performance for UDP workloads if jumbo frames is
enabled as the truesize of frames will be larger.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.
It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back. At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the handling of page addresses so that we always refer to them using
a void pointer, and try to use the consistent name of va indicating we are
working with a virtual address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We only need to sync the size of the frame that is read to test. We don't
need to sync the entire Rx buffer. This way the testing is more consistent
with how we handle things in the receive path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to support the use of build_skb going forward it will be necessary
to place a maximum limit on the amount of data we can receive when jumbo
frames is not enabled. In order to do this I am adding a new upper limit
for receive based on the size of a 2K buffer minus padding.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the case of the Tx rings we need to only clear the Tx buffer_info when
we are resetting the rings. Ideally we do this when we configure the ring
to bring it back up instead of when we are taking it down in order to avoid
dirtying pages we don't need to.
In addition we don't need to clear the Tx descriptor ring since we will
fully repopulate it when we begin transmitting frames and next_to_watch can
be cleared to prevent the ring from being cleaned beyond that point instead
of needing to touch anything in the Tx descriptor ring.
Finally with these changes we can avoid having to reset the skb member of
the Tx buffer_info structure in the cleanup path since the skb will always
be associated with the first buffer which has next_to_watch set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that instead of going through the entire ring on Rx
cleanup we only go through the region that was designated to be cleaned up
and stop when we reach the region where new allocations should start.
In addition we can avoid having to perform a memset on the Rx buffer_info
structures until we are about to start using the ring again. By deferring
this we can avoid dirtying the cache any more than we have to which can
help to improve the time needed to bring the interface down and then back
up again in a reset or suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
In addition I have updated the code so that we only reset the Rx descriptor
length for descriptor zero when resetting a ring instead of having to do a
memset with 0 over the entire ring. By doing this we can save some time on
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we are already using DMA attributes in igb for Rx there is no reason
why we can't also apply DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING which is needed on some
platforms to improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The configurable priority to traffic class mapping and the user specified
queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class, overriding the
hardware defaults when the 'hw' option is set to 0. However, when the 'hw'
option is non-zero, the hardware QOS defaults are used.
This patch makes it so that we can pass the data the user provided to
ndo_setup_tc. This allows us to pull in the queue configuration if the
user requested it as well as any additional hardware offload type
requested by using a value other than 1 for the hw value.
Finally it also provides a means for the device driver to return the level
supported for the offload type via the qopt->hw value. Previously we were
just always assuming the value to be 1, in the future values beyond just 1
may be supported.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous commit introduced a field that tracks the features
that are disabled due to HW resource limitations as opposed
to the featured disabled by the user. This patch changes the
name of the field to make it more readable since it might get
confusing when looking at code containing both the flags
field and the auto_disable_features field together.
Change-ID: Idcc9888659698f6fe3ccff17c8c3f09b5026f708
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Our original filter limit of 8 was based on behavior that we saw from
Linux VMs. Now we're running Other Operating Systems under KVM and we
see that they commonly use more MAC filters. Since it seems weird to
require people to enable trusted VFs just to boot their OS, bump the
number of filters allowed by default.
Change-ID: I76b2dcb2ad6017e39231ad3096c3fb6f065eef5e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING. By enabling both of these for the Rx path we
are able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement
either one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to
sync what is actually being used instead of the entire buffer. In addition
by enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement
for architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer
such as Sparc.
Change-ID: If176824e8231c5b24b8a5d55b339a6026738fc75
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch clarifies the reason for removal of automatically
firmware-generated filter and explicit addition of filter which
accepts frames with any VLAN id.
Change-ID: Iabf180b6d61c4d8a36d3bcf8457c377a6f2aca0e
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issue that RSS offloading only works on PF0 by
using the direct register writing of the hash keys for the VFs instead
of using the admin queue command to do so.
Change-ID: Ia02cda7dbaa23def342e8786097a2c03db6f580b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently ethtool -e will error out with a X722 interface
as its EEPROM has a scope limit at offset 0x5B9FFF.
This patch fixes the issue by setting the EEPROM length to
the scope limit to avoid NVM read failure beyond that.
Change-ID: I0b7d4dd6c7f2a57cace438af5dffa0f44c229372
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a solution to avoid adding too many queues to num_lan_msix.
A recent refactor of queue pairs accidentally added all remaining
vectors to the num_lan_msix which can have adverse performance issues,
due to enabling more queues than the number of CPU cores.
This patch removes the old calculation, and replaces it with a simple
algorithm.
1) add queue pairs up to num_online_cpus(), but capped at half of total
vectors
2) then add alternative features such as flow directory and similar
3) finally, add the remaining vectors back to queue pairs, but capped
such that the total number of queue pairs does not exceed
num_online_cpus().
Change-ID: I668abf67d5011a1248866daba8885f4ff00cb8d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
(KISS is Keep It Simple, Stupid. Or is it?)
The client interface vastly overengineered for what it needs to do.
It was originally designed to support multiple clients on multiple
netdevs, possibly even with multiple drivers. None of this happened,
and now we know that there will only ever be one client for i40e
(i40iw) and one for i40evf (i40iwvf). So, time for some KISS. Since
i40e and i40evf are a Dynasty, we'll simplify this one to match the
VF interface.
First, be a Destroyer and remove all of the lists and locks required
to support multiple clients. Keep one static around to keep track of
one client, and track the client instances for each netdev in the
driver's pf (or adapter) struct. Now it's Almost Human.
Since we already know the client type is iWarp, get rid of any checks
for this. Same for VSI type - it's always going to be the same type,
so it's just a Parasite.
While we're at it, fix up some comments. This makes the function
headers actually match the functions.
These changes reduce code complexity, simplify maintenance,
squash some lurking timing bugs, and allow us to Rock and Roll All
Nite.
Change-ID: I1ea79948ad73b8685272451440a34507f9a9012e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for upcoming RDMA-capable hardware, add a client
interface to the VF driver. This is a slightly-simplified version
of the PF client interface, with the names changed to protect the
innocent.
Due to the nature of the VF<->PF interactions, the client interface
sometimes needs to call back into itself to pass messages. Because
of this, we can't use the coarse-grained locking like the PF's
client interface uses. Instead, we handle all client interactions
in a separate thread so the watchdog can still run and process
virtual channel messages.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some opcodes added & reordered to be in numerical order with the
rest of the opcodes.
This patch adds admin queue structs to support Wake on LAN feature
for X722.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices. Previously, locks were
only used for X722 and later. Fixes an issue where simultaneous X710
NVM accesses were interfering with each other.
Change-ID: If570bb7acf958cef58725ec2a2011cead6f80638
Signed-off-by: Aaron Salter <aaron.k.salter@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On architectures that have a cache line size larger than 64 Bytes we start
running into issues where the amount of headroom for the frame starts
shrinking.
The size of skb_shared_info on a system with a 64B L1 cache line size is
320. This increases to 384 with a 128B cache line, and 512 with a 256B
cache line.
In addition the NET_SKB_PAD value increases as well consistent with the
cache line size. As a result when we get to a 256B cache line as seen on
the s390 we end up 768 bytes used by padding and shared info leaving us
with only 1280 bytes to use for data storage. On architectures such as
this we should default to using 3K Rx buffers out of a 8K page instead of
trying to do 1.5K buffers out of a 4K page.
To take all of this into account I have added one small check so that we
compare the max_frame to the amount of actual data we can store. This was
already occurring for igb, but I had overlooked it for ixgbe as it doesn't
have strict limits for 82599 once we enable jumbo frames. By adding this
check we will automatically enable 3K Rx buffers as soon as the maximum
frame size we can handle drops below the standard Ethernet MTU.
I also went through and fixed one small typo that I found where I had left
an IGB in a variable name due to a copy/paste error.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently ixgbe_set_rxfh() updates the rss_key copy in the driver
memory, but does not push the new value into the h/w. This commit
add a new helper for the latter operation and call it in
ixgbe_set_rxfh(), so that the h/w rss key value can be really
updated via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overwritting||overwriting
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-29-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
applys||applies
The "applyes" in drivers/video/fbdev/aty/radeon_monitor.c is a different
pattern but it was fixed in this commit. The "This functions" in the
same line was fixed as well.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-24-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
varible||variable
While we are here, tidy up the comment blocks that fit in a single line
for drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c and
net/sctp/transport.c.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-11-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following message is logged from time to time when using i40e:
NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08
i40e may schedule napi from a workqueue. Afterwards, softirqs are not run
in a deterministic time frame. The problem is the same as what was
described in commit ec13ee8014 ("virtio_net: invoke softirqs after
__napi_schedule") and this patch applies the same fix to i40e.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix, or rather, avoid a sparse warning caused by the fact that
csum_replace_by_diff expects to receive a __wsum value. Since the
calculation appears to work, simply typecast the passed paylen value to
__wsum to avoid the warning.
This seems pretty fishy since __wsum was obviously annotated as
a separate type on purpose, so this throws the entire calculation into
question. Since it currently appears to behave as expected, the typecast
is probably safe.
Change-ID: I4fdc5cddd589abc16098176e8a61127e761488f4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists an intermittent bug which causes the 'Link Detected'
field reported by the 'ethtool <iface>' command to be 'Yes' when
in fact, there is no link. This patch fixes the problem by
enabling temporary link polling when i40e_get_link_status returns
an error. This causes the driver to remember that an admin queue
command failed and polls, until the function returns with a success.
Change-Id: I64c69b008db4017b8729f3fc27b8f65c8fe2eaa0
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This ensures that the pvid which is stored in __le16 format is converted
to the CPU format. This will fix comparison issues on Big Endian
platforms.
Change-ID: I92c80d1315dc2a0f9f095d5a0c48d461beb052ed
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Big Endian platforms we would incorrectly calculate the wrong switch
id since we did not properly convert the le16 value into CPU format.
Caught by sparse.
Change-ID: I69a2f9fa064a0a91691f7d0e6fcc206adceb8e36
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the '%*ph' printk format specifier to instead use
the print_hex_dump function, as recommended by the '%*ph' documentation.
This produces better/more standardized output.
Change-ID: Id56700b4e8abc40ff8c04bc8379e7df04cb4d6fd
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug introduced with the addition of the per queue
ITR feature support in ethtool. With that addition, there were
functions added which converted the ITR settings to binary values.
The IS_ENABLED macros that run on those values check whether a bit
is set or not and with the value being binary, the bit check always
returned ITR disabled which prevents any updating of the ITR rate.
This patch fixes the problem by changing the functions to return the
current ITR value instead and renaming it to better reflect
its function. These functions now provide a value which will be
accurately asessed and update the ITR as intended.
Change-ID: I14f1d088d052e27f652aaa3113e186415ddea1fc
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a comment to reduce confusion.
Change-ID: I3d5819c0f3f5174680442ae54398a073d4a61f4f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the i40evf_remove() calls netdev close, the device doesn't actually
close - it schedules the work for the watchdog to perform. Since we're
stopping the watchdog, this work doesn't get done. However, we're
resetting the part, so we can free resources after the reset request has
gone through. This plugs a memory leak.
Change-ID: Id5335dcaf76ce00d2a4c3d26e9faf711d7f051cf
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This call is made just prior to running i40e_link_event. In
i40e_link_event, we set hw->phy.get_link_info to true just prior to
calling i40e_get_link_status, which conveniently runs
i40e_update_link_info for us. Thus, we are running i40e_update_link_info
twice, which seems like something we don't need to do...
Change-ID: I36467a570f44b7546d218c99e134ff97c2709315
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a call to the mac_address_write admin q function during
power down to update the PRTPM_SAH/SAL registers with the MC_MAG_EN bit
thus enabling multicast magic packet wakeup.
A FW workaround is needed to write the multicast magic wake up enable
bit in the PRTPM_SAH register. The FW expects the mac address write
admin q cmd to be called first with one of the WRITE_TYPE_LAA flags
and then with the multicast relevant flags.
*Note: This solution only works for X722 devices currently. A PFR will
clear the previously mentioned bit by default, but X722 has support for a
WOL_PRESERVE_ON_PFR flag which prevents the bit from being cleared. Once
other devices support this flag, this solution should work as well.
Change-ID: I51bd5b8535bd9051c2676e27c999c1657f786827
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which the driver is unable to exit overflow
promiscuous mode after having added "too many" mac filters. It is
expected that after triggering overflow promiscuous, removing the
failed/extra filters should then disable overflow promiscuous mode.
The bug exists because we were intentionally skipping the sync_vsi_filter
path in cases where we were removing failed filters since they shouldn't
have been added to the firmware in the first place, however we still
need to go through the sync_vsi_filter code path to determine whether or
not it is ok to exit overflow promiscuous mode. This patch fixes the
bug by making sure we go through the sync_vsi_filter path in cases of
failed filters.
Change-ID: I634d249ca3e5fa50729553137c295e73e7722143
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that we don't need to bother with clearing the
memory out for the descriptor rings. The general idea is to only free
buffers associated with buffers in use which are located between the
next_to_clean and next_to_use or next_to_alloc values. Everything outside
of those regions can be safely ignored since they should have no buffers
associated with them.
The advantage to doing things this way is that is should speed up bring-up
and tear-down of the rings. Specifically we can avoid the 512 or more
cycles required to memset the rings in tear-down. In the bring-up phase we
then clear the memory as a part of initialization. The general idea is
that the clearing in initialization can act as a prefetch of sorts for the
buffer info structures so they are in the local CPU when we go to populate
them. This should help to improve overall time needed to perform a
suspend/resume.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds build_skb support to the Rx path. There are several
advantages to this change.
1. It avoids the memcpy and skb->head allocation for small packets which
improves performance by about 5% in my tests.
2. It avoids the memcpy, skb->head allocation, and eth_get_headlen
for larger packets improving performance by about 10% in my tests.
3. For VXLAN packets it allows the full header to be in skb->data which
improves the performance by as much as 30% in some of my tests.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.
It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back. At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for providing a buffer with headroom and tailroom
to allow for shared info, NET_SKB_PAD, and NET_IP_ALIGN. With this
combined with the DMA changes we can start using build_skb to build frames
around an incoming Rx buffer instead of having to memcpy the headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are going to be expanding the number of Rx paths in the driver. Instead
of duplicating all that code I am pulling it apart into separate functions
so that we don't have so much code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to support build_skb with jumbo frames it will be necessary to use
3K buffers for the Rx path with 8K pages backing them. This is needed on
architectures that implement 4K pages because we can't support 2K buffers
plus padding in a 4K page.
In the case of systems that support page sizes larger than 4K the 3K
attribute will only be applied to FCoE as we can fall back to using just 2K
buffers and adding the padding.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Batch the page count updates instead of doing them one at a time. By doing
this we can improve the overall performance as the atomic increment
operations can be expensive due to the fact that on x86 they are locked
operations which can cause stalls. By doing bulk updates we can
consolidate the stall which should help to improve the overall receive
performance.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING. By enabling both of these for the Rx path we are
able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement either
one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to sync what
is actually being used instead of the entire buffer. In addition by
enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement for
architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer such
as Sparc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch consolidates the code for the ixgbe driver so that it is more
inline with what is already in igb. The general idea is to just
consolidate functions that represent logical steps in the Rx process so we
can later update them more easily.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the driver version to reflect the new devices that it
supports.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since dcbnl_ops is global, it should be prefixed by ixgbe_
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Though not advertised through ethtool, if the link partner advertises a
2.5Gb or 5Gb connection, and the adapter supports it, allow the speed to be
used.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool support needs to save more PHY information. The
added information includes FEC capabilities and 25G link
types. Without this change it is possible to lose 25G or
FEC settings by using ethtool.
Change-ID: Ie42255b1e901ffbf9583b8c46466a54894114280
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor how we add new filters to firmware to avoid a race condition
that can occur due to removing filters from the hash temporarily.
To understand the race condition, suppose that you have a number of MAC
filters, but have not yet added any VLANs. Now, add two VLANs in rapid
succession. A possible resulting flow would look something like the
following:
(1) lock hash for add VLAN
(2) add the new MAC/VLAN combos for each current MAC filter
(3) unlock hash
(4) lock hash for filter sync
(5) notice that we have a VLAN, so prepare to update all MAC filters
with VLAN=-1 to be VLAN=0.
(6) move NEW and REMOVE filters to temporary list
(7) unlock hash
(8) lock hash for add VLAN
(9) add new MAC/VLAN combos. Notice that no MAC filters are currently in
the hash list, so we don't add any VLANs <--- BUG!
(10) unlock hash
(11) sync the temporary lists to firmware
(12) lock hash for post-sync
(13) move the temporary elements back to the main list
....
Because we take filters out of the main hash into temporary lists, we
introduce a narrow window where it is possible that other callers to the
list will not see some of the filters which were previously added but
have not yet been finalized. This results in sometimes dropping VLAN
additions, and could also result in failing to add a MAC address on the
newly added VLAN.
One obvious way to avoid this race condition would be to lock the entire
firmware process. Unfortunately this does not work because adminq
firmware commands take a mutex which results in a sleep while atomic
BUG(). So, we can't use the simplest approach.
An alternative approach is to simply not remove the filters from the
hash list while adding. Instead, add an i40e_new_mac_filter structure
which we will use to track added filters. This avoids the need to remove
the filter from the hash list. We'll store a pointer to the original
i40e_mac_filter, along with our own copy of the state.
We won't update the state directly, so as to avoid race with other code
that may modify the state while under the lock. We are safe to read
f->macaddr and f->vlan since these only change in two locations. The
first is on filter creation, which must have already occurred. The
second is inside i40e_correct_vlan_filters which was previously run
after creation of this object and can't be run again until after. Thus,
we should be safe to read the MAC address and VLAN while outside the
lock.
We also aren't going to run into a use-after-free issue because the only
place where we free filters is when they are marked FAILED or when we
remove them inside the sync subtask. Since the subtask has its own
critical flag to prevent duplicate runs, we know this won't happen. We
also know that the only location to transition a filter from NEW to
FAILED is inside the subtask also, so we aren't worried about that
either.
Use the wrapper i40e_new_mac_filter for additions, and once we've
finalized the addition to firmware, we will update the filter state
inside a lock, and then free the wrapper structure.
In order to avoid a possible race condition with filter deletion, we
won't update the original filter state unless it is still
I40E_FILTER_NEW when we finish the firmware sync.
This approach is more complex, but avoids race conditions related to
filters being temporarily removed from the list. We do not need the same
behavior for deletion because we always unconditionally removed the
filters from the list regardless of the firmware status.
Change-Id: I14b74bc2301f8e69433fbe77ebca532db20c5317
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a bug where we modified the mac_filter_hash while outside a lock,
when handling addition of broadcast filters.
Normally, we add filters to firmware by batching the additions into
lists and issuing 1 update for every few filters. Broadcast filters are
handled differently, by instead setting the broadcast promiscuous mode
flags. In order to make sure the 1<->1 mapping of filters in our
addition array lined up with filters in the hlist tmp_add_list, we had
to remove the filter and move it back to the main hash. However, we
didn't do this under lock, which could cause consistency problems for
the list.
Fix this by updating i40e_update_filter_state logic so that it knows to
avoid broadcast filters. This ensures that we don't have to remove the
filter separately, and can put it back using the normal flow.
Change-ID: Id288fade80b3e3a9a54b68cc249188cb95147518
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The intent of this message was to indicate to a user that we might have
missed a timestamp event for a valid packet. The original method of
detecting the missed events relied on waiting until all 4 registers were
filled.
A recent commit d55458c0cd7a5 ("i40e: replace PTP Rx timestamp hang
logic") replaced this logic with much better detection
scheme that could detect a stalled Rx timestamp register even when other
registers were still functional.
The new logic means that a message will be displayed almost as soon as
a timestamp for a dropped frame occurs. This new logic highlights that
the hardware will attempt timestamp for frames which it later decides to
drop. The most prominent example is when a multicast PTP frame is
received on a multicast address that we are not subscribed to.
Because the hardware initiates the Rx timestamp as soon as possible, it
will latch an RXTIME register, but then drop the packet.
This results in users being confused by the message as they are not
expecting to see dropped timestamp messages unless their application
also indicates that timestamps were missing.
Resolve this by reducing the severity and frequency of the displayed
message. We now only print the message if 3 or 4 of the RXTIME registers
are stalled and get cleared within the same watchdog event. This ensures
that the common case does not constantly display the message.
Additionally, since the message is likely not as meaningful to most
users, reduce the message to a dev_dbg instead of a dev_warn.
Users can still get a count of the number of timestamps dropped by
reading the ethtool statistics value, if necessary.
Change-ID: I35494442226a444c418dfb4f91a3070d06c8435c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store the FEC status bits from the link up event into the
hw_link_info structure.
Change-ID: I9a7b256f6dfb0dce89c2f503075d0d383526832e
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently i40e_bus_info has PCI device and function info only and log
messages print device number as bus number. Added field to provide bus
number info and modified log statements to print bus, device and
function information.
Change-ID: I811617cee2714cc0d6bade8d369f57040990756f
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_prepare() can never return an error. So make it
void and quit checking its return value.
Change-ID: I9ff311e2324dde329eb68648efb2c94aaff856db
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original comment implies that the only location where the raw_packet
buffer will be freed is in i40e_clean_tx_ring() which is incorrect. In
fact this isn't even the normal case. Update the comment explaining
where the memory is freed.
Change-ID: Ie0defc35ed1c3af183f81fdc60b6d783707a5595
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reorganize the i40e_pull_tail() logic, doing it in i40e_add_rx_frag()
where it's cheaper. The igb driver does this the same way.
Also renames i40e_page_is_reserved() to reflect what it actually
tests.
Change-ID: Icd9cc507aae1fcdc02308b3a09034111b4c24071
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reduces the size of struct i40e_rx_buffer by one pointer,
and makes the i40e driver a little more consistent with the igb driver
in terms of packets that span buffers.
We do this by moving the skb field from struct i40e_rx_buffer to
struct i40e_ring. We pass the skb we already have (or NULL if we
don't) to i40e_fetch_rx_buffer(), which skips the skb allocation if we
already have one for this packet.
Change-ID: I4ad48a531844494ba0c5d8e1a62209a057f661b0
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On packet RX, we perform a DMA sync for CPU before passing the
packet up. Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.
Change-ID: I626aaf6c37275a8ce9e81efcaa773f327b331487
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The iWarp client cannot continue until this operation has been completed
by the PF driver. Sleep (with timeout) until the reply from the PF
driver has been received.
Change-ID: I5dc41b857bba32d0218b7ce167b5da122dadf349
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can avoid the minor bit of work by calling check params after we
check for the client instance, since we're about to return early in
cases where we do not have a client.
Change-ID: I56f8ea2ba48d4f571fa331c9ace50819a022fa1c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-02-03
This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only.
Jake fixes up the driver to not call i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() or
i40e_vsi_add_vlan() when the PVID is set or when the VID is less than 1.
Cleaned up a check which really is not needed since there is no real
reason why we cannot just call i40e_del_mac_all_vlan() directly. Renamed
functions to better reflect their actual purpose and how they function
in a more clear manner.
Bimmy cleans up unused/deprecated macros.
Mitch cleans up unused device ids which were intended for use when
running Linux VF drivers under Hyper-V, but found to be not needed.
Then cleaned up a function that is no longer needed since the client
open and close functions were refactored. Adds a sleep without timeout
until the reply from the PF driver has been received since the iWARP
client cannot continue until the operation has been completed.
Tushar Dave fixes an issue seen on SPARC where the use of the 'packed'
directive was causing kernel unaligned errors.
Alex does a refactor to pull some data off of the stack and store it
in the transmit buffer info section of the transmit ring.
Alan fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value to the
firmware, by refactoring the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static
inline function. Also added feedback to the user as to the actual
interrupt rate limit being used when it differs from the requested limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.
Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.
Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the resolution of the register controlling interrupt rate
limiting, setting certain values for the interrupt rate limit make it
appear as though the limiting is not completely accurate. The problem
is that the interrupt rate limit is getting rounded down to the nearest
multiple of 4. This patch fixes the problem by adding some feedback to
the user as to the actual interrupt rate limit being used when it
differs from the requested limit. Without this patch setting interrupt
rate limits may appear to behave inaccurately.
Change-ID: I3093cf3f2d437d35a4c4f4bb5af5ce1b85ab21b7
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static inline
function and fixes a couple subtle bugs caused by the macro.
This patch fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value
to the firmware. If enabling interrupt rate limiting, a non-zero value
for the rate limit must be used. Otherwise the firmware sets the
interrupt rate limit to the maximum value. Due to the limited
resolution of the register, attempting to set a value of 1, 2, or 3
would be rounded down to 0 and limiting was left enabled, causing
unexpected behavior.
This patch also fixes a possible bug in which using the macro itself can
introduce unintended side-affects because the macro argument is used
more than once in the macro definition (e.g. a variable post-increment
argument would perform a double increment on the variable).
Without this patch, attempting to set interrupt rate limits of 1, 2, or
3 results in unexpected behavior and future use of this macro could
cause subtle bugs.
Change-Id: I83ac842de0ca9c86761923d6e3a4d7b1b95f2b3f
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After refactoring the client open and close code, this is no longer
needed. Remove it.
Change-ID: If8e6e32baa354d857c2fd8b2f19404f1786011c4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Requirement for VFs to use the VMBus has been removed that's why
removing Hyper-V VF device ID.
Change-ID: I84f0964f443ee0db3e5e444b5ace996eb71b8280
Signed-off-by: Jayaprakash Shanmugam <jayaprakash.shanmugam@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch does some quick work to pull some of the data off of the stack
and hopefully start storing it in the Tx buffer info section of the Tx
ring. Ideally we should be moving away from having to store much of
anything on the stack and can just maintain it all in the descriptor rings.
Change-ID: I4b4715ea1920e122502482b3f9e56a9a6cb1e9fe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'struct i40e_dma_mem' defined with 'packed' directive causing kernel
unaligned errors on sparc.
e.g.
i40e: Intel(R) Ethernet Connection XL710 Network Driver - version
1.6.16-k
i40e: Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014 Intel Corporation.
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
i40e 0000:03:00.0: fw 5.1.40981 api 1.5 nvm 5.04 0x80002548 0.0.0
This can be fixed with get_unaligned/put_unaligned(). However no
reference in driver shows that 'struct i40e_dma_mem' directly shoved
into NIC hardware. But instead fields of the struct are being read and
used for hardware. Therefore, __packed is unnecessary for 'struct
i40e_dma_mem'.
In addition, although 'struct i40e_virt_mem' doesn't cause any
unaligned access, keeping it packed is unnecessary as well because
of aforementioned reason.
This change make 'struct i40e_dma_mem' and 'struct i40e_virt_mem'
unpacked.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID was intended for use when running Linux VF drivers under
Hyper-V, but we have determined that it is not necessary. Since it is
unused, and will never be used, remove it.
Change-ID: I74998ab4237db043cd400547bb54a0a5e2a37ea5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I40E_MAC_X710 was supposed to be for 10G and I40E_MAC_XL710
was supposed to be for 40G. But function i40e_is_mac_710
sets I40E_MAC_XL710 for all device IDS, I40E_MAC_X710 is not
used at all. As there is nothing to compare there is no need
for this function. Thus deprecating this extra macro and
removing this function entirely and replacing it with a direct
check.
Change-ID: I7d1769954dccd574a290ac04adb836ebd156730e
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using i40e_add_filter or i40e_del_filter directly, when
adding a MAC address, we should normally be using i40e_add_mac_filter or
i40e_del_mac_filter. These functions correctly handle the various cases
of VLAN mode or PVID settings. This ensures consistency and avoids the
issues that can occur with the recent addition of a WARN_ON() in
i40e_sync_vsi_filters.
Change-ID: I7fe62db063391fdd1180b2d6a6a3c5ab4307eeee
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __i40e_del_filter instead of using i40e_del_filter() which will
avoid doing an additional search to delete a filter we already have the
pointer for.
Change-ID: Iea5a7e3cafbf8c682ed9d3b6c69cf5ff53f44daf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions purpose is to add a new MAC filter correctly, whether
we're using VLANs or not. Their goal is to ensure that all active VLANs
get the new MAC filter. Rename them so that their intent is clear. They
function correctly regardless of whether we have any active VLANs or
only have I40E_VLAN_ANY filters. The new names convey how they function
in a more clear manner.
Change-ID: Iec1961f968c0223a7132724a74e26a665750b107
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function won't be appreciably slower when in VLAN mode, so there is
no real reason to not just call it directly. In either case, we still
must search the full table for a MAC/VLAN pair. We do get to stop
searching a tiny bit early in the case of knowing we are not in VLAN
mode, but this is a minor savings and we can avoid the code complexity
by not having to worry about the check.
Change-ID: I533412195b3a42f51cf629e3675dd5145aea8625
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fold the check for determining when to call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
into the function so that we don't need to decide which function to use
ahead of time. This allows us to just call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
without having to check ahead of time.
Change-ID: Ifff526940748ac14b8418be5df5a149502eed137
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have the separate i40e_(add|rm)_vlan_all_mac functions, we
should not be using the i40e_vsi_kill_vlan or i40e_vsi_add_vlan
functions when PVID is set or when VID is less than 1. This allows us to
remove some checks in i40e_vsi_add_vlan and ensures that callers which
need to handle VID=0 or VID=-1 don't accidentally invoke the VLAN mode
handling used to convert filters when entering VLAN mode. We also update
the functions to take u16 instead of s16 as well since they no longer
expect to be called with VID=I40E_VLAN_ANY.
Change-ID: Ibddf44a8bb840dde8ceef2a4fdb92fd953b05a57
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
napi_complete_done() allows to opt-in for gro_flush_timeout,
added back in linux-3.19, commit 3b47d30396
("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")
This allows for more efficient GRO aggregation without
sacrifying latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network stack no longer uses the last_rx member of struct net_device
since the bonding driver switched to use its own private last_rx in
commit 9f24273837 ("bonding: use last_arp_rx in slave_last_rx()").
However, some drivers still (ab)use the field for their own purposes and
some driver just update it without actually using it.
Previously, there was an accompanying comment for the last_rx member
added in commit 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on netdev->last_rx")
which asked drivers not to update is, unless really needed. However,
this commend was removed in commit f8ff080dac ("bonding: remove
useless updating of slave->dev->last_rx"), so some drivers added later
on still did update last_rx.
Remove all usage of last_rx and switch three drivers (sky2, atp and
smc91c92_cs) which actually read and write it to use their own private
copy in netdev_priv.
Compile-tested with allyesconfig and allmodconfig on x86 and arm.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relax ordering(RO) is one feature of 82599 NIC, to enable this feature can
enhance the performance for some cpu architecure, such as SPARC and so on.
Currently it only supports one special cpu architecture(SPARC) in 82599
driver to enable RO feature, this is not very common for other cpu architecture
which really needs RO feature.
This patch add one common config CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER to set RO feature,
and should define CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER in sparc Kconfig firstly.
Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does two things.
First it goes through and renames the __page_frag prefixed functions to
__page_frag_cache so that we can be clear that we are draining or
refilling the cache, not the frags themselves.
Second we drop the order parameter from __page_frag_cache_drain since we
don't actually need to pass it since all fragments are either order 0 or
must be a compound page.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170104023954.13451.5678.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dev_get_stats() the statistic structure storage has already been
zeroed. Therefore network drivers do not need to call memset() again.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug statistics were removed due to complications with the ethtool
statistics API which are not possible to resolve without a new
statistics interface. The flag was left behind, but we no longer need
it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This was accidentally removed when we defeatured the full 1588 Clock
support. We need to report the Rx descriptor timestamp value so that
applications built on top of the IES API can function properly.
Additionally, remove the FM10K_FLAG_RX_TS_ENABLED, as it is not used now
that 1588 functionality has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On packet RX, we perform a dma sync for cpu before passing the
packet up. Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Partially revert commit 5e93cbadd3 ("fm10k: Reset mailbox global
interrupts", 2016-06-07)
The register bits related to this commit are now solely being handled by
the IES API. Recent changes in the IES API will allow an automatic
recovery from improper handling of these bits.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multiple IES API resets can cause a race condition where the mailbox
interrupt request bits can be cleared before being handled. This can
leave certain mailbox messages from the PF to be untreated and the PF
will enter in some inactive state. If this situation occurs, the IES API
will initiate a mailbox version reset which, then, trigger a mailbox
state change. Once this mailbox transition occurs (from OPEN to CONNECT
state), a request for reset will be returned.
This ensures that PF will undergo a reset whenever IES API encounters an
unknown global mailbox interrupt event or whenever the IES API
terminates.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to typecast a u8 * into a char *, so just remove the extra
variable.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since a pointer "mac" to fm10k_mac_info structure exists, use it to
access the contents of its members.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an if statement with hw_dbg lines where the logic was inverted with
regards to the corresponding return value used in the if statement.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i210 and i211 share the same PHY but have different PCI IDs. Don't
forget i211 for any i210 workarounds.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to ixgbe, when an interface is part of a namespace it is
possible that igb_close() may be called while __igb_shutdown() is
running which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in
free_msi_irqs().
Extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the call to netif_device_detach() and
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() in __igb_shutdown() and check for
netif_device_present() to avoid calling igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() a
second time in igb_close().
Also extend the rtnl lock in igb_resume() to netif_device_attach().
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Whenever the igb driver detects the result of a read operation returns
a value composed only by F's (like 0xFFFFFFFF), it will detach the
net_device, clear the hw_addr pointer and warn to the user that adapter's
link is lost - those steps happen on igb_rd32().
In case a PCI error happens on Power architecture, there's a recovery
mechanism called EEH, that will reset the PCI slot and call driver's
handlers to reset the adapter and network functionality as well.
We observed that once hw_addr is NULL after the error is detected on
igb_rd32(), it's never assigned back, so in the process of resetting
the network functionality we got a NULL pointer dereference in both
igb_configure_tx_ring() and igb_configure_rx_ring(). In order to avoid
such bug, this patch re-assigns the hw_addr value in the slot_reset
handler.
Reported-by: Anthony H Thai <ahthai@us.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Harsha Thyagaraja <hathyaga@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several people have reported firmware leaving the I210/I211 PHY's page
select register set to something other than the default of zero. This
causes the first accesses, PHY_IDx register reads, to access something
else, resulting in device probe failure:
igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
igb: probe of 0000:01:00.0 failed with error -2
This problem began for them after a previous patch I submitted was
applied:
commit 2a3cdead8b
Author: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Date: Tue Nov 3 12:37:09 2015 -0600
igb: Remove GS40G specific defines/functions
I personally experienced this problem after attempting to PXE boot from
I210 devices using this firmware:
Intel(R) Boot Agent GE v1.5.78
Copyright (C) 1997-2014, Intel Corporation
Resetting the PHY before reading from it, ensures the page select
register is in its default state and doesn't make assumptions about
the PHY's register set before the PHY has been probed.
Cc: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Cc: Chris Arges <carges@vectranetworks.com>
Cc: Jochen Henneberg <jh@henneberg-systemdesign.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Tested-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running as guest, under certain condition, it will oops as following.
writel() in igb_configure_tx_ring() results in oops, because hw->hw_addr
is NULL. While other register access won't oops kernel because they use
wr32/rd32 which have a defense against NULL pointer.
[ 141.225449] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: AER: Multiple Uncorrected (Fatal)
error received: id=0101
[ 141.225523] igb 0000:01:00.1: PCIe Bus Error:
severity=Uncorrected (Fatal), type=Unaccessible,
id=0101(Unregistered Agent ID)
[ 141.299442] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast error_detected message
[ 141.300539] igb 0000:01:00.0 enp1s0f0: PCIe link lost, device now
detached
[ 141.351019] igb 0000:01:00.1 enp1s0f1: PCIe link lost, device now
detached
[ 143.465904] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: Root Port link has been reset
[ 143.465994] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast slot_reset message
[ 143.466039] igb 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 144.389078] igb 0000:01:00.1: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 145.312078] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast resume message
[ 145.322211] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at
0000000000003818
[ 145.361275] IP: [<ffffffffa02fd38d>]
igb_configure_tx_ring+0x14d/0x280 [igb]
[ 145.400048] PGD 0
[ 145.438007] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP
A similar issue & solution could be found at:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/689592/
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes firmware may not properly initialize I347AT4_PAGE_SELECT causing
the probe of an igb i210 NIC to fail. This patch adds an addition zeroing
of this register during igb_get_phy_id to workaround this issue.
Thanks for Jochen Henneberg for the idea and original patch.
Signed-off-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During systemd reboot sequence network driver interface is shutdown
by e1000_close. The PCI driver interface is shut by e1000_shutdown.
The e1000_shutdown checks for netif_running status, if still up it
brings down driver. But it disables msi outside of this if statement,
regardless of netif status. All this is OK when e1000_close happens
after shutdown. However, by default, everything in systemd is done
in parallel. This creates a conditions where e1000_shutdown is called
after e1000_close, therefore hitting BUG_ON assert in free_msi_irqs.
CC: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Signed-off-by: khalidm <khalidm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David Singleton <davsingl@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Statements should start on tabstops.
Use a single statement and test instead of multiple tests.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the xcast mailbox message to include support for
unicast promiscuous mode. To allow a VF to enter this mode the PF
must be in promiscuous mode.
A later patch will add the support needed in the VF driver (ixgbevf)
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the mailbox message to allow for VF promiscuous
mode support.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement support for devices that have firmware-controlled PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement new interface for firmware commands to access some PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware version method and functions are not used anywhere, so
remove them all.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two problems with EEPROM access. One is that it needs to
hold the semaphore until the entire response is read or else the
response can be corrupted by other firmware accesses. The second
problem is that acquiring and releasing the semaphore is slow, so
it should be taken and released once when multiple EEPROM accesses
will be done.
Both of these issues can be solved by adding a new function,
ixgbe_hic_unlocked, to issue firmware commands that will assume
that the caller has acquired the needed semaphore.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch ensures that the advertised link speeds are configured
for X553 KR/KX backplane. Without this patch the link remains at
1G when resuming from low power after being downshifted by LPLU.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Restore adapter->hw.hw_addr after handling an error, or a resume
operation to make sure we can access the registers.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx timestamp does not work on 82599 and X540 because bitwise operation
of RX_HWTSTAMP flags is incorrect and ixgbe_ptp_rx_hwtstamp() is never
called. This patch fixes it to enable Rx timestamp on 82599 and X540.
Without this fix:
ptp4l[278.730]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[278.733]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.733]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[278.835]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[279.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[280.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[281.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.835]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[282.835]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[283.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
With this fix:
ptp4l[239.154]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[239.157]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[239.157]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[240.989]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[244.989]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[244.989]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[246.977]: master offset -899583339542096 s0 freq +0 path delay 16222
ptp4l[247.977]: master offset -899583339617265 s1 freq -75169 path delay 16177
ptp4l[248.977]: master offset -130 s2 freq -75299 path delay 16177
ptp4l[248.977]: port 1: UNCALIBRATED to SLAVE on MASTER_CLOCK_SELECTED
ptp4l[249.977]: master offset -9 s2 freq -75217 path delay 16177
ptp4l[250.977]: master offset 88 s2 freq -75123 path delay 16132
Fixes: a9763f3cb5 ("ixgbe: Update PTP to support X550EM_x devices")
Signed-off-by: Yusuke Suzuki <yus-suzuki@uf.jp.nec.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbevf_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.
Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbevf_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.
Also moved the down and free functions into ixgbevf_close_suspend()
same as with ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbe_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.
Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbe_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two methods for setting mac addresses in a Macvlan, that
differentiate themselves in the function macvlan_set_mac_Address.
If the macvlan mode is passthru, then we use the dev_set_mac_address
method, otherwise we use the dev_uc api via macvlan_sync_addresses.
The latter method (which would stem from using any non-passthru mode,
like bridge, or vepa), calls down into the driver in a path that terminates
in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf, which sends a IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message,
which causes the pf to spawn the noted error message. This occurs because
it appears that the guest is trying to delete the mac address of the macvlan
before adding another.
The other path in macvlan_set_mac_address uses dev_set_mac_address, which
calls into ixgbevf_set_mac which uses the IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR to the
pf to set the macvlan mac address.
The discrepancy here is in the handlers. The handler function for
IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR (ixgbe_set_vf_mac_addr) has a check for
the vfinfo[].trusted bit to allow the operation if the vf is trusted.
In comparison, the IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message handler
(ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan_msg) has no such check of the trusted bit.
Signed-off-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbevf_close() may be called while ixgbevf_suspend() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs()
To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and check for !netif_device_present()
to avoid entering close while in suspend.
Also added rtnl locks to ixgbevf_queue_reset_subtask().
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbe_close() may be called while __ixgbe_shutdown() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs().
To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and ixgbe_clear_interrupt_scheme()
in __ixgbe_shutdown() and check for netif_device_present()
to avoid clearing the interrupts second time in ixgbe_close();
Also extend the rtnl lock in ixgbe_resume() to netif_device_attach().
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
BaseT adapters that are capable of supporting 100Mb are not reporting this
capability. This patch corrects the reporting so that 100Mb is shown as
supported on those adapters.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A retry count of 10 is likely to run into problems on X550 devices that
have to detect and reset unresponsive CS4227 devices. So, reduce the I2C
retry count to 3 for X550 and above. This should avoid any possible
regressions in existing devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is an extension of commit 003287e0f0 ("ixgbevf: Correct parameter
sent to LED function"); add bounds checking to x540 functions to ensure the
index is valid.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The indirection table was reported incorrectly for X550 and newer
where we can support up to 64 RSS queues.
Reported-by Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The generic PHY reset check we had previously is not sufficient for the
ixgbe_phy_x550em_ext_t PHY type. Check 1.CC02.0 instead - same as
ixgbe_init_ext_t_x550().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some x550 devices require the driver version reported to its firmware; this
patch sends the driver version string to the firmware through the host
interface command for x550 devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FEC is configured by the NVM and the driver should not be
overriding it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no point in having an extra type for extra confusion. u64 is
unambiguous.
Conversion was done with the following coccinelle script:
@rem@
@@
-typedef u64 cycle_t;
@fix@
typedef cycle_t;
@@
-cycle_t
+u64
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113616.76501.17072.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The ARM architecture provides a mechanism for deferring cache line
invalidation in the case of map/unmap. This patch makes use of this
mechanism to avoid unnecessary synchronization.
A secondary effect of this change is that the portion of the page that
has been synchronized for use by the CPU should be writable and could be
passed up the stack (at least on ARM).
The last bit that occurred to me is that on architectures where the
sync_for_cpu call invalidates cache lines we were prefetching and then
invalidating the first 128 bytes of the packet. To avoid that I have
moved the sync up to before we perform the prefetch and allocate the
skbuff so that we can actually make use of it.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113611.76501.98897.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The time/timekeeping/timer folks deliver with this update:
- Fix a reintroduced signed/unsigned issue and cleanup the whole
signed/unsigned mess in the timekeeping core so this wont happen
accidentaly again.
- Add a new trace clock based on boot time
- Prevent injection of random sleep times when PM tracing abuses the
RTC for storage
- Make posix timers configurable for real tiny systems
- Add tracepoints for the alarm timer subsystem so timer based
suspend wakeups can be instrumented
- The usual pile of fixes and updates to core and drivers"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (23 commits)
timekeeping: Use mul_u64_u32_shr() instead of open coding it
timekeeping: Get rid of pointless typecasts
timekeeping: Make the conversion call chain consistently unsigned
timekeeping_Force_unsigned_clocksource_to_nanoseconds_conversion
alarmtimer: Add tracepoints for alarm timers
trace: Update documentation for mono, mono_raw and boot clock
trace: Add an option for boot clock as trace clock
timekeeping: Add a fast and NMI safe boot clock
timekeeping/clocksource_cyc2ns: Document intended range limitation
timekeeping: Ignore the bogus sleep time if pm_trace is enabled
selftests/timers: Fix spelling mistake "Asyncrhonous" -> "Asynchronous"
clocksource/drivers/bcm2835_timer: Unmap region obtained by of_iomap
clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Map frame with of_io_request_and_map()
arm64: dts: rockchip: Arch counter doesn't tick in system suspend
clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Don't assume clock runs in suspend
posix-timers: Make them configurable
posix_cpu_timers: Move the add_device_randomness() call to a proper place
timer: Move sys_alarm from timer.c to itimer.c
ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional
Kconfig: Regenerate *.c_shipped files after previous changes
...
In commit 02cea39586 ("genirq: Provide disable_hardirq()")
Peter introduced disable_hardirq() for netpoll, but it is forgotten
to use it for e1000.
This patch changes disable_irq() to disable_hardirq() for e1000.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Suggested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The .match_method field is a u8, so we shouldn't be casting to a u16,
and because it is only one byte, we do not need to byte swap anything.
Just assign the value directly. This avoids issues on Big Endian
architectures which would have byte swapped and then incorrectly
truncated the value.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to how we handled exiting VLAN mode, move the logic
in i40e_vsi_add_vlan into i40e_sync_vsi_filters. Extract this logic into
its own function for ease of understanding as it will become quite
complex.
The new function, i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters() correctly updates all
filters for when we need to enter VLAN mode, exit VLAN mode, and also
enforces the PVID when assigned.
Call i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters from i40e_sync_vsi_filters passing it
the number of active VLAN filters, and the two temporary lists.
Remove the function for updating VLAN=0 filters from i40e_vsi_add_vlan.
The end result is that the logic for entering and exiting VLAN mode is
in one location which has the most knowledge about all filters. This
ensures that we always correctly have the non-VLAN filters assigned to
VID=0 or VID=-1 regardless of how we ended up getting to this result.
Additionally this enforces the PVID at sync time so that we know for
certain that an assigned PVID results in only filters with that PVID
will be added to the firmware.
Change-ID: I895cee81e9c92d0a16baee38bd0ca51bbb14e372
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current flow for adding or updating the PVID for a VF uses
i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan which each take, then release
the hash lock. In addition the two functions also must take special care
that they do not perform VLAN mode changes as this will make the code in
i40e_ndo_set_vf_port_vlan behave incorrectly.
Fix these issues by using the new helper functions i40e_add_vlan_all_mac
and i40e_rm_vlan_all_mac which expect the hash lock to already be taken.
Additionally these functions do not perform any state updates in regards
to VLAN mode, so they are safe to use in the PVID update flow.
It should be noted that we don't need the VLAN mode update code here,
because there are only a few flows here.
(a) we're adding a new PVID
In this case, if we already had VLAN filters the VSI is knocked
offline so we don't need to worry about pre-existing VLAN filters
(b) we're replacing an existing PVID
In this case, we can't have any VLAN filters except those with the old
PVID which we already take care of manually.
(c) we're removing an existing PVID
Similarly to above, we can't have any existing VLAN filters except
those with the old PVID which we already take care of correctly.
Because of this, we do not need (or even want) the special accounting
done in i40e_vsi_add_vlan, so use of the helpers is a saner alternative.
It also opens the door for a future patch which will refactor the flow
of i40e_vsi_add_vlan now that it is not needed in this function.
Change-ID: Ia841f63da94e12b106f41cf7d28ce8ce92f2ad99
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future refactor of how the PF assigns a PVID to a VF will want to be
able to add and remove a block of filters by VLAN without worrying about
accidentally triggering the accounting for I40E_VLAN_ANY. Additionally
the PVID assignment would like to be able to batch several changes under
one use of the mac_filter_hash_lock.
Factor out the addition and deletion of a VLAN on all MACs into their
own function which i40e_vsi_(add|kill)_vlan can use. These new functions
expect the caller to take the hash lock, as well as perform any
necessary accounting for updating I40E_VLAN_ANY filters if we are now
operating under VLAN mode.
Change-ID: If79e5b60b770433275350a74b3f1880333a185d5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a subtle issue with the code for converting VID=-1 filters into VID=0
filters when adding a new VLAN. Previously the code deleted the VID=-1
filter, and then added a new VID=0 filter. In the rare case that the
addition fails due to -ENOMEM, we end up completely deleting the filter
which prevents recovery if memory pressure subsides. While it is not
strictly an issue because it is likely that memory issues would result
in many other problems, we shouldn't delete the filter until after the
addition succeeds.
Change-ID: Icba07ddd04ecc6a3b27c2e29f2c1c8673d266826
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current caller of i40e_update_filter_state incorrectly passes
aq_ret, an i40e_status variable, instead of the expected aq_err. This
happens to work because i40e_status is actually just a typedef integer,
and 0 is still the successful return. However i40e_update_filter_state
has special handling for ENOSPC which is currently being ignored.
Also notice that firmware does not update the per-filter response for
many types of errors, such as EINVAL. Thus, modify the filter setup so
that the firmware response memory is pre-set with I40E_AQC_MM_ERR_NO_RES.
This enables us to refactor i40e_update_filter_state, removing the need
to pass aq_err and avoiding a need for having 3 different flows for
checking the filter state.
The resulting code for i40e_update_filter_state is much simpler, only
a single loop and we always check each filter response value every time.
Since we pre-set the response value to match our expected error this
correctly works for all success and error flows.
Change-ID: Ie292c9511f34ee18c6ef40f955ad13e28b7aea7d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous code refactors have accidentally caused issues with the
counting of active_filters. Avoid similar issues in the future by simply
re-counting the active filters every time after we handle add and delete
of all the filters. Additionally this allows us to simplify the check
for when we exit promiscuous mode since we can combine the check for
failed filters at the same time.
Additionally since we recount filters at the end we need to set
vsi->promisc_threshold as well.
The resulting code takes a bit longer since we do have to loop over
filters again. However, the result is more readable and less likely to
become incorrect due to failed accounting of filters in the future.
Finally, this ensures that it is not possible for vsi->active_filters to
ever underflow since we never decrement it.
Change-ID: Ib4f3a377e60eb1fa6c91ea86cc02238c08edd102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A product decision has been made to defeature detection of PTP frames
over L4 (UDP) on the XL710 MAC. Do not advertise support for L4
timestamping.
Change-ID: I41fbb0f84ebb27c43e23098c08156f2625c6ee06
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The service task lock was being set in the scheduling function, not the
actual service task. This would potentially leave the bit set for a long
time before the task actually ran. Furthermore, if the service task
takes too long, it calls the schedule function to reschedule itself -
which would fail to take the lock and do nothing.
Instead, set and clear the lock bit in the service task itself. In the
process, get rid of the i40e_service_event_complete() function, which is
really just two lines of code that can be put right in the service task
itself.
Change-ID: I83155e682b686121e2897f4429eb7d3f7c669168
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Depending on external PHY type, register access method should be
different. Clause22 or Clause45 can be chosen for different PHYs.
Implemented functions apply correct access method for used device.
Change-ID: If39d5f0da9c0b905a8cbdc1ab89885535e7d0426
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds adminq support for Forward Error
Correction ("FEC")for 25g products.
Change-ID: Iaff4910737c239d2c730e5c22a313ce9c37d3964
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacek Naczyk <jacek.naczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for 25G devices - defines and data structures.
One tricky part here is that the firmware support for these
Devices introduces a mismatch between the PHY type enum and
the bitfields for the phy types.
This change creates a macro and uses it to increment the 25G
PHY values when creating 25G bitfields.
Change-ID: I69b24d837d44cf9220bf5cb8dd46c5be89ce490b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the %d specifier used for printing vsi->active_filters and
vsi->promisc_threshold with an unsigned %u format specifier. While it is
unlikely in practice that these values will ever reach such a large
number they are unsigned values and thus should not be interpreted as
negative numbers.
Change-ID: Iff050fad5a1c8537c4c57fcd527441cd95cfc0d4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before this patch "ethtool -p" was not blinking the LEDs on boards
with 1G BaseT PHYs.
This commit identifies 1G BaseT boards as having the LEDs connected
to the MAC. Also, renamed the flag to be more descriptive of usage.
The flag is now I40E_FLAG_PHY_CONTROLS_LEDS.
Change-ID: I4eb741da9780da7849ddf2dc4c0cb27ffa42a801
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The netdev->dev_addr MAC filter already exists in the
MAC/VLAN hash table, as it is added when we configure
the netdev in i40e_configure_netdev. Because we already
know that this address will be updated in the
hash_for_each loops, we do not need to handle it
specially. This removes duplicate code and simplifies
the i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan functions.
Because we know these filters must be part of the
MAC/VLAN hash table, this should not have any functional
impact on what filters are included and is merely a code
simplification.
Change-ID: I5e648302dbdd7cc29efc6d203b7019c11f0b5705
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function i40e_napi-poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the Rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this by returning the actual work done, capped to budget - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the NAPI status
This is based on a similar change that was made for the ixgbe driver by
Paolo Abeni.
Change-ID: Ic3d93ad2fa2fc8ce3164bc461e69367da0f9173b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous commit 53cb6e9e89 ("i40e: Removal of workaround for simple
MAC address filter deletion") removed a workaround for some
firmware versions which was reported to not be necessary in production
NICs. Unfortunately this workaround is necessary in some configurations,
specifically the Ethernet Controller XL710 for 40GbE QSFP+ (8086:1583).
Without this patch, the mentioned NICs with current firmware exhibit
issues when adding VLANs, as outlined by the following reproduction:
$modprobe i40e
$ip link set <device> up
$ip link add link <device> vlan100 type vlan id 100
$dmesg | tail
<snip>
kernel: i40e 0000:82:00.0: Error I40E_AQ_RC_EINVAL adding RX
filters on PF, promiscuous mode forced on
This results in filters being marked as FAILED and setting the device in
promiscuous mode.
The root cause of receiving the -EINVAL error response appears to be due
to a conflict with the default MAC filter which still exists on the
default firmware for this device. Attempting to add a new VLAN filter on
the default MAC address conflicts with the IGNORE_VLAN setting on the
default rule.
Change-ID: I4d8f6d48ac5f60cfe981b3baad30eb4d7c170d61
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_txd_use_count function was fast but confusing. In the comments,
it even admits that it's ugly. So replace it with a new function that is
(very) slightly faster and has extensive commenting to help the thicker
among us (including the author, who will forget in a week) understand
how it works.
Change-ID: Ifb533f13786a0bf39cb29f77969a5be2c83d9a87
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes the driver log link speed change. Before applying the
patch link messages were printed only on state change. Now message is
printed when link is brought up or down and when speed changes.
Change-ID: Ifbee14b4b16c24967450b3cecac6e8351dcc8f74
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-12-02
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Alex provides changes so that we are much more robust about defining what
we can and cannot offload in i40e and i40evf by doing additional checks
other than L4 tunnel header length.
Jake provides several fixes/changes, first cleaning up a label that is
unnecessary, as well as cleaned up the use of a "magic number". Clarified
the code by separating the global private flags and the regular private
flags per interface into two arrays, so that future additions will not
produce duplication and buggy code. Adds additional checks to protect
against NULL values for msix_entries and q_vectors pointers.
Michal adds Clause22 method for accessing registers for some external
PHYs.
Piotr adds additional protocol support for the admin queue discover
capabilities function.
Tushar Dave fixes a panic seen on SPARC, where writel() should not be
used to write directly to a memory address but only to a memory mapped
I/O address otherwise it causes data access exceptions.
Joe Perches separates out a section of code into its own function, to
help reduce i40evf_reset_task() a bit.
Alan fixes an issue by checking for NULL before dereferencing msix_entries
and returning early in the case where it is NULL within the i40evf_close()
code path.
Henry provides code cleanup to remove unreachable and redundant sections
of code. Fixed up an issue where new NICs were not identifying "unknown
PHYs" correctly.
Harshitha fixes a issue where the ethtool "Supported Link" modes list
backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10 GbE with SFP+ and Cortina
retimer, where these interfaces should not be visible to the user since
they cannot use them.
Carolyn changes an X722 informational message so that it only appears
when extra messages are desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes an X722 informational message so that it only
appears when extra messages are desired. Without this patch,
on X722 devices, this message appears at load, potentially causing
unnecessary alarm.
Change-ID: I94f7aae15dc5b2723cc9728c630c72538a3e670e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
memcpy replaced with single memcpy call in ethtool.
Change-ID: I3f5bef6bcc593412c56592c6459784db41575a0a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous workaround added to ensure receipt of all broadcast frames
incorrectly set the broadcast promiscuous mode unconditionally
regardless of active VLAN status.
Replace this partial workaround with a complete solution that sets the
broadcast promiscuous filters in i40e_sync_vsi_filters. This new method
sets the promiscuous mode based on when broadcast filters are added or
removed.
I40E_VLAN_ANY will request a broadcast filter for all VLANs, (as we're
in untagged mode) while a broadcast filter on a specific VLAN will only
request broadcast for that VLAN.
Thus, we restore addition of broadcast filter to the array, but we add
special handling for these such that they enable the broadcast
promiscuous mode instead of being sent as regular filters.
The end result is that we will correctly receive all broadcast packets
(even those with a *source* address equal to the broadcast address) but
will not receive packets for which we don't have an active VLAN filter.
Change-ID: I7d0585c5cec1a5bf55bf533b42e5e817d5db6a2d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where the ethtool Supported link
modes list backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10GbE with
SFP+ and Cortina retimer. This patch fixes the problem by setting
and using a flag for this particular device since the backplane
interface is only between the internal PHY and the retimer and it
should not be seen by the user as they cannot use it.
Without this patch, the user wrongly thinks that backplane interfaces
are supported on their device when they actually are not.
Change-ID: I3882bc2928431d48a2db03a51a713a1f681a79e9
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the functions which free msix_entries and q_vectors so that they
are safe against NULL values. This allows calling code to not care
whether these have already been freed when disabling and freeing them.
Change-ID: I31bfd1c0da18023d971b618edc6fb049721f3298
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PHY type value for unrecognized PHYs and cables was changed
based on firmware version number. Newer hardware use lower firmware
version numbers and this was causing some PHYs to be identified
as type 0x16 instead of 0xe (unknown).
Without this patch, newer card will incorrectly identify unknown
PHYs and cables.
This change adds hardware type to the check for firmware version
so the PHY type is reported correctly.
Change-ID: I0723cbfd263c76fc73ff1a5275d1639051376c9a
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code at the end of i40e_read_phy_register_clause22() contained
unreachable code and redundant control statements.
This change removes the unreachable code. And deletes the redundant
goto statement and if statement.
Change-ID: I713032b1585396f40f903cbcfdea987abd874400
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible for msix_entries to be freed by a previous suspend/remove
before a VF is closed. This patch fixes the issue by checking for NULL
before dereferencing msix_entries and returning early in the case where
it is NULL within the i40evf_close code path. Without this patch it is
possible to trigger a kernel panic through NULL dereference.
Change-ID: I92a2746e82533a889e25f91578eac9abd0388ae2
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf_reset_task function is a couple hundred lines and it has
a separable block that disables VF. Move that block to a new
i40evf_disable_vf function to shorten i40evf_reset_task a bit.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add logical_id to I40E_AQ_CAP_ID_MNG_MODE capability starting from major
version 2.
Change-ID: Idb29214b172ea5c70cbd45a99e6745c0215af7e4
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A comment incorrectly referred to i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask which
does not actually exist. Reference the correct function instead.
Change-ID: I6bd805c605741ffb6fe34377259bb0d597edfafd
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some external PHYs require Clause22 method for accessing registers.
This patch also adds some defines to support blink led on devices using
10CBaseT PHY.
Change-ID: I868a4326911900f6c89e7e522fda4968b0825f14
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Separate the global private flags and the regular private flags per
interface into two arrays. Future additions of private flags will not
need to be duplicated which may lead to buggy code. Also rename
"i40e_priv_flags_strings_gl" to "i40e_gl_priv_flags_strings" for
clarity, as it reads more naturally.
Change-ID: I68caef3c9954eb7da342d7f9d20f2873186f2758
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace a check of magic number 4095 with VLAN_N_VID. This
makes it obvious that a later check against VLAN_N_VID is
always true and can be removed.
Change-ID: I28998f127a61a529480ce63d8a07e266f6c63b7b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This label is unnecessary, as are jumping to a block that checks aq_ret
and then immediately skipping it and returning. So just jump straight to
the error_param and remove this unnecessary label.
Also use goto error_param even in the last check for style consistency.
Change-ID: If487c7d10c4048e37c594e5eca167693aaed45f6
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload. Previously we were performing no checks. This
should bring us up to parity with the i40e PF driver.
In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater. We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.
Change-ID: If533553ec92fc6ba694eab6ac81fdaf3004f3592
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload. Previously we were just checking for the L4 tunnel
header length, however there are other fields we should be verifying as
there are multiple scenarios in which we cannot perform hardware offloads.
In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater. We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.
Change-ID: I5e2fd5f3075c73601b4b36327b771c64fcb6c31b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.
In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.
In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.
Fixes: e10715d3e9 ("igb/igbvf: Add support for GSO partial")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to break the hard dependency between the PTP clock subsystem and
ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers, this patch provides
simple PTP stub functions to allow linkage of those drivers into the
kernel even when the PTP subsystem is configured out. Drivers must be
ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() in that case.
And to make it possible for PTP to be configured out, the select statement
in those driver's Kconfig menu entries is converted to the new "imply"
statement. This way the PTP subsystem may have Kconfig dependencies of
its own, such as POSIX_TIMERS, without having to make those ethernet
drivers unavailable if POSIX timers are cconfigured out. And when support
for POSIX timers is selected again then the default config option for PTP
clock support will automatically be adjusted accordingly.
The pch_gbe driver is a bit special as it relies on extra code in
drivers/ptp/ptp_pch.c. Therefore we let the make process descend into
drivers/ptp/ even if PTP_1588_CLOCK is unselected.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Cc: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1478841010-28605-4-git-send-email-nicolas.pitre@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The 82580 and related devices offer a frequency resolution of about
0.029 ppb. This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat. The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID. This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY. I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0. ALEF is the new unified
FW. This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration. Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:
read_i2c_combined => read_link
read_i2c_combined_unlocked => read_link_unlocked
write_i2c_combined => write_link
write_i2c_combined_unlocked => write_link_unlocked
This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.
The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.
v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain. To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register. If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices. Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.
Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.
Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.
Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.
Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.
In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.
This patch does the following:
1. Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2. Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3. Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.
Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type. The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not. This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.
Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.
Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.
Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....
The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.
Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.
Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.
Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.
Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.
Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.
Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.
Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.
The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.
Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.
Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.
Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).
Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.
This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.
Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.
In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.
A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.
Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.
Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.
In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.
Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.
Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.
Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.
This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.
Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.
Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.
In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.
Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.
We vastly simplify mac filters by removing
(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs
Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level. Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features. From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.
What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative). The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.
I added similar logic for ethtool. If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask. For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.
Lastly I removed the debugfs interface. It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.
Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one. This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.
This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.
Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.
Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.
The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value. As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0. I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.
The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet. We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it. In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.
Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.
This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.
Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move some data to text
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
25012 0 32 25044 61d4 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
22868 2120 32 25020 61bc drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.
The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed. Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.
The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.
This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU. When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.
Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .
Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.
Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.
In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.
Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward. I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.
Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).
Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality. As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.
Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests. This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it. Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.
Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.
Note that this may break netlink dumps.
Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.
Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:
[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0
Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch. This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.
The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.
This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.
Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]
Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.
e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110
e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter
fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now
i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.
igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated
ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu
ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710
ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled. Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly. Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although rare, it's possible to hit PCI error early on device
probe, meaning possibly some structs are not entirely initialized,
and some might even be completely uninitialized, leading to NULL
pointer dereference.
The i40e driver currently presents a "bad" behavior if device hits
such early PCI error: firstly, the struct i40e_pf might not be
attached to pci_dev yet, leading to a NULL pointer dereference on
access to pf->state.
Even checking if the struct is NULL and avoiding the access in that
case isn't enough, since the driver cannot recover from PCI error
that early; in our experiments we saw multiple failures on kernel
log, like:
[549.664] i40e 0007:01:00.1: Initial pf_reset failed: -15
[549.664] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -15
[...]
[871.644] i40e 0007:01:00.1: The driver for the device stopped because the
device firmware failed to init. Try updating your NVM image.
[871.644] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -32
[...]
[872.516] i40e 0007:01:00.0: ARQ: Unknown event 0x0000 ignored
Between the first probe failure (error -15) and the second (error -32)
another PCI error happened due to the first bad probe. Also, driver
started to flood console with those ARQ event messages.
This patch will prevent these issues by allowing error recovery
mechanism to remove the failed device from the system instead of
trying to recover from early PCI errors during device probe.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently if the MSI-X vector limit is reached the sideband flow
director gets disabled. A bit too early to make that decision, as
vectors may get re-distributed. So move the check further back.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver allocates 1 vector per CPU thread and the current hardware
limit for vectors is 129 per PF. On systems with 128 or more threads
this currently means all vectors are used by the PF leaving no room for
additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc...
The code that should redistribute the vectors in this case is broken and
never triggers. Fixed the code so that it actually triggers if the
hardware limit is reached and adjust the number of queue pairs
accordingly.
Also the number of initially requested iWARP vectors was not properly
saved when the vector limit was reached, and therefore always zero.
Comparison with debug statement.
Before:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: VMDq disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: IWARP disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 128, VMDq 0, FDSB 0, iWARP 0
After:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: MSI-X vector limit reached, attempting to redistribute vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 78, VMDq 8, FDSB 0, iWARP 42
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During MSI-X vector allocation for VMDq, a check for "no vectors left"
was missing, add it. This prevents more vectors to be allocated than
available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trivial change here to cleanup a checkpatch.pl warning that got
introduced when changing to alloc_workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This generic callback is for drivers which have software Tx timestamp
support enabled. Without this, PTP applications requesting software
timestamps may complain that the requested mode is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a reset occurs, the PPS SYS_WRAP interrupt was not re-enabled which
resulted in disabling of the PPS signaling. Fix this by recording when
the interrupt is on and ensuring that we re-enable it every time we
reset.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump igb version to match other igb drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version to match other igbvf drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ethtool.c:2707:5: warning:
symbol 'igb_rxnfc_write_vlan_prio_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit a75e8005d5 ("i40e: queue-specific settings for interrupt
moderation") the i40e driver gained support for setting interrupt
moderation values per queue. This patch adds support for this feature
to the i40evf driver as well. In addition, a few changes are made to
the i40e implementation to add function header documentation comments,
as well.
This behaves in a similar fashion to the implementation in i40e. Thus,
requesting the moderation value when no queue is provided will report
queue 0 value, while setting the value without a queue will set all
queues at once.
Change-ID: I1f310a57c8e6c84a8524c178d44d1b7a6d3a848e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some rare cases, we might get a VSI with no queues. In this case, we
cannot configure RSS on this VSI as it will try to divide by zero when
configuring the lookup table.
Change-ID: I6ae173a7dd3481a081e079eb10eb80275de2adb0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This interface was only ever meant for debug only. Since it is not
supposed to be here we are removing it.
Change-ID: Id771a1e5e7d3e2b4b7f56591b61fb48c921e1d04
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an effort to improve code readability I am splitting the Flow Director
filter configuration out into a separate function like we have done for the
standard xmit path. The general idea is to provide a single block of code
that translates the flow specification into a proper Flow Director
descriptor.
Change-ID: Id355ad8030c4e6c72c57504fa09de60c976a8ffe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a txring_txq function which allows us to convert a
i40e_ring/i40evf_ring to a netdev_tx_queue structure. This way we
can avoid having to make a multi-line function call for all the spots
that need access to this.
Change-ID: Ic063b71d8b92ea406d2c32e798c8e2b02809d65b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Tx cleanup flow was incorrectly assuming it could check for the flow
director bits after it had unmapped the buffer. However in this case it
results in us trying to free a raw_buf as though it is an sk_buff.
To fix this I am moving up the flag test for the FD_SB bit so that when
find a non-NULL skb or raw_buf value we then check the flag and use the
appropriate call to free the buffer.
Change-ID: I6284034ba1ea87c9922e56f6eb3181f7f09bddde
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the code to support adaptive interrupt throttling is already in
the interrupt handler, it just needs to be enabled. Fill out the data
structures properly to make it happen. Single-flow traffic tests may
show slightly lower throughput, but interrupts per second will drop by
about 75%.
Change-ID: I9cd7d42c025b906bf1bb85c6aeb6112684aa6471
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases minimum number of allocated VSIs, so as to resolve
failure adding VSI for VF when 64-VFs assigned to a PF. The driver
supports up to 128 VFs per device, users can decide to enable up to
64-VFs on a single PF, especially 2 X 40 devices. In that scenario, with
VMDq co-existence, there would be starvation of VSIs - with this patch,
supported features would have enough VSIs for configuration now.
Change-ID: If084f4cd823667af8fe7fdc11489c705b32039d5
Signed-off-by: Akeem Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The return value from i40e_shutdown_adminq() is always 0
(I40E_SUCCESS). So, the test for non-0 will never be true. Cleanup
by removing the test and debug print statement.
Change-ID: Ie51e8e37515c3e3a6a9ff26fa951d0e5e24343c1
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_fdir_check_and_reenable(), the driver performs some checks to
determine whether it is safe to re-enable FD Sideband and FD ATR
support. The current check will only determine if there is available
space in the flow director table. However, this ignores the fact that
ATR should be disabled when there are TCP/IPv4 sideband rules in effect.
Add the missing check, and update the info message printed when
I40E_DEBUG_FD is enabled.
Change-ID: Ibb9c63e5be95d63c53a498fdd5dbf69f54a00e08
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some locations that disable ATR accidentally used the "full" disable by
disabling the flag in the standard flags field. This incorrectly forces
ATR off permanently instead of temporarily disabling it. In addition,
some code locations accidentally set the ATR flag enabled when they only
meant to clear the auto_disable_flags. This results in ignoring the
user's ethtool private flag settings.
Additionally, when disabling ATR via ethtool, we did not perform a flush
of the FD table. This results in the previously assigned ATR rules still
functioning which was not expected.
Cleanup all these areas so that automatic disable uses only the
auto_disable_flag. Fix the flush code so that we can trigger a flush
even when we've disabled ATR and SB support, as otherwise the flush
doesn't work. Fix ethtool setting to actually request a flush. Fix
NETIF_F_NTUPLE flag to only clear the auto_disable setting and not
enable the full feature.
Change-ID: Ib2486111f8031bd16943e9308757b276305c03b5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag. Currently VF assumes checksum
offload for encapsulated packets is supported by default. Going forward,
this feature needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the
stack. Hence, we need a flag to control it.
This is in regards to prepping up for VF base mode functionality support.
Change-ID: Iaab1f25cc0abda5f2fbe3309092640f0e77d163e
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which deleting a mac filter does not actually
occur. The driver reports that the filter has been deleted with no
error. The problem occurs because the wrong cmd_flag is passed to the
firmware when deleting the filter. The firmware reports an error back
to the driver but it is expressly ignored.
This fixes the bug by using the correct flag when deleting a filter.
Without this patch, deleted filters remain in firmware and function as
if they had not been deleted.
Change-ID: I5f22b874f3b83f457702f18f0d5602ca21ac40c3
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where driver shows 100 Mbps as a supported speed,
and allows it to be configured for advertising on X722 devices. This patch
fixes the problem by not setting the 100 Mbps SGMII flag for X722 devices.
Without this patch, the user incorrectly thinks that 100 Mbps is supported
and hence might try to advertise it on X722 devices when it is actually not
a supported speed.
Change-ID: I8c3d7c4251a9402d98994ed29749b7b895a0f205
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-23
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil provides several changes, first simplifies the logic for setting VLAN
filtering by checking the VMDQ flag and the old 82598 MAC, instead of
having to maintain a list of MAC types. Then made two functions static
that are used only within the file, a by-product is sparse is now happy.
Added spinlocks to make sure that the MTU configuration is handled
properly. Fixed an issue where when SR-IOV is enabled while the
ixgbevf driver is loaded would result in all mailbox requests being
rejected by ixgbe, so call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov()
to ensure mailbox requests are properly handled.
Mark resolves a NULL pointer issue by simply setting the read and write
*_ref_mdi pointers for x550em_a devices. Then clearly indicates within
ethtool that all MACs support pause frames and made sure that the
advertising is set to the requested mode. Fixed an issue where
MDIO_PRTAD_NONE was not being used consistently to indicate no PHY
address.
Alex fixes an issue, where the support for multiple queues when SR-IOV
is enabled was added but the support was not reported. With that, fix
an issue where the hardware redirection table could support more queues
then the PF currently has when SR-IOV is enabled, so use the RSS mask to
trim off the bits that are not used. Lastly, instead of limiting the
VFs if we do not use 4 queues for RSS in the PF, we can instead just limit
the RSS queues used to a power of 2. We can now support use cases where
VFs are using more queues than the PF is currently using and can support
RSS if so desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Sridhar fixes link state event handling by updating the carrier and
starts/stops the Tx queues based on the link state notification from PF.
Brady fixes an issue where a user defined RSS hash key was not being
set because a user defined indirection table is not supplied when changing
the hash key, so if an indirection table is not supplied now, then a
default one is created and the hash key is correctly set. Also fixed
an issue where when NPAR was enabled, we were still using pf->mac_seid
to perform the dump port query. Instead, go through the VSI to determine
the correct ID to use in either case.
Mitch provides one fix where a conditional return code was reversed, so
he does a "switheroo" to fix the issue.
Carolyn has two fixes, first fixes an issue in the virt channel code,
where a return code was not checked for NULL when applicable. Second,
fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port parameter, then
byte swapping it again in function execution.
Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference.
Bimmy changes up i40evf_up_complete() to be void since it always returns
success anyways, which allows cleaning up of code which checked the
return code from this function.
Alex fixed an issue where the driver was incorrectly assuming that we
would always be pulling no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment.
So to correct this, we just need to make certain to test all the way to
the end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors
in the block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6
descriptors have enough data to fill a full frame.
v2: dropped patches 1-3, 10 and 12 from the original series since Or
Gerlitz pointed out several areas of improvement in the implementation
of the VF Port representor netdev. Sridhar is re-working the series
for later submission.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabling SRIOV while the ixgbevf driver is loaded will result in all
mailbox requests from ixgbevf_open() being rejected by ixgbe because
adapter->clear_to_send is set to false on reset.
Call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov() to make sure that
mailbox requests are handled from the time ixgbevf is loaded.
Reported-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of limiting the VFs if we don't use 4 queues for RSS in the PF we
can instead just limit the RSS queues used to a power of 2. By doing this
we can support use cases where VFs are using more queues than the PF is
currently using and can support RSS if so desired.
The only limitation on this is that we cannot support 3 queues of RSS in
the PF or VF. In either of these cases we should fall back to 2 queues in
order to be able to use the power of 2 masking provided by the psrtype
register.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware redirection table can support more queues then the PF
currently has when SR-IOV is enabled. In order to account for this use the
RSS mask to trim of the bits that are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The maximum queue count reported was 1, however support for multiple queues
with SR-IOV was added some time ago so we should report support for it to
the user so that they can select multiple queues if they so desire.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value MDIO_PRTAD_NONE should be used to indicate no PHY address.
Not 0, not 0xFFFF. Use the MDIO_PRTAD_NONE value consistently.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Protect set_rlpml with mailbox lock to make sure the MTU configuration
is handled properly.
This change resolves an issue where set_rlpml can fail when the VF
interface is brought up:
ixgbevf 0000:03:1d.6: Failed to set MTU at 1500
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All the MACs supported by ixgbe support pause frames, so indicate
that support in ethtool. Also set advertising according to requested
mode.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set the read_reg_mdi and write_reg_mdi method pointers for
X550EM_A_10G_T devices to resolve jumping to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are only used in ixgbe_x550.c.
Fixes a warning when compiling with -Wmissing-prototypes
Reported-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simplify the logic for setting VLNCTRL.VFE by checking the VMDQ flag
and 82598 MAC instead of having to maintain a list of MAC types.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_shutdown_adminq function never returns failure. There is no need to
check the non-0 return value. Clean up the unnecessary error checking and
warning against it.
Change-ID: Ibb616f09cfb93bd1a872ebf3241a15fb8354b31b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver was incorrectly assuming that we would always be pulling
no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment. It is in fact possible for
us to end up with the case where 2 descriptors worth of data may be pulled
when a frame is larger than one of the pieces generated when aligning the
payload to either 4K or pieces smaller than 16K.
To adjust for this we just need to make certain to test all the way to the
end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors in the
block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6 descriptors
have enough data to fill a full frame.
Change-ID: Ic2ecb4d6b745f447d334e66c14002152f50e2f99
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function i40evf_up_complete() always returns success. Changed this to a
void type and removed the code that checks the return status and prints
an error message.
Change-ID: I8c400f174786b9c855f679e470f35af292fb50ad
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently disabling the link state from PF via
ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
doesn't disable the CARRIER on the VF.
This patch updates the carrier and starts/stops the tx queues based on the
link state notification from PF.
PF: enp5s0f0, VF: enp5s2
#modprobe i40e
#echo 2 > /sys/class/net/enp5s0f0/device/sriov_numvfs
#ip link set enp5s2 up
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64
#ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
#ip -d link show enp5s0f0
171: enp5s0f0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 68:05:ca:2e:72:68 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 72 numrxqueues 72 portid 6805ca2e7268
vf 0 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state disable, trust off
vf 1 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 16 numrxqueues 16
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is a sanitcy check for desc being null in the first line of
function i40evf_debug_aq. However, before that, aq_desc is cast from
desc, and aq_desc is being dereferenced on the assignment of len, so
this could be a potential null pointer deference. Fix this by moving
the initialization of len to the code block where len is being used
and hence at this point we know it is OK to dereference aq_desc.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port
parameter, then byte swapping it again in function execution.
Obviously, that's unnecessary, so take it out of the function calls.
Without this patch, the udp based tunnel configuration would
not be correct.
Change-ID: I788d83c5bd5732170f1a81dbfa0b1ac3ca8ea5b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue in the virt channel code, where a return
from i40e_find_vsi_from_id was not checked for NULL when applicable.
Without this patch, there is a risk for panic and static analysis
tools complain. This patch fixes the problem by adding the check
and adding an additional input check for similar reasons.
Change-ID: I7e9be88eb7a3addb50eadc451c8336d9e06f5394
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This conditional is backward, so the driver responds back to the VF with
the wrong opcode. Do the old switcheroo to fix this.
Change-ID: I384035b0fef8a3881c176de4b4672009b3400b25
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using the debugfs to issue the "dump port" command
with NPAR enabled, the firmware reports back with invalid argument.
The issue occurs because the pf->mac_seid was used to perform the query.
This is fine when NPAR is disabled because the switch ID == pf->mac_seid,
however this is not the case when NPAR is enabled. This fix instead
goes through the VSI to determine the correct ID to use in either case.
Change-ID: I0cd67913a7f2c4a2962e06d39e32e7447cc55b6a
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, when using ethtool to change the RSS hash key, ethtool would
report back saying the old key was still being used and no error was
reported. It was unclear whether it was being reported incorrectly or
being set incorrectly. Debugging revealed 'i40e_set_rxfh()' returned
zero immediately instead of setting the key because a user defined
indirection table is not supplied when changing the hash key.
This fix instead changes it such that if an indirection table is not
supplied, then a default one is created and the hash key is now
correctly set.
Change-ID: Iddb621897ecf208650272b7ee46702cad7b69a71
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Drivers must be ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() if the
PTP clock subsystem is configured out.
This patch documents that and ensures that all drivers cope well
with a NULL return.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If DCB is configured on the link partner switch with an
unsupported traffic class configuration (e.g. non-contiguous TCs),
the driver is flagging DCB as disabled. But, for future DCB
LLDPDUs, the driver was checking if the interface was DCB capable
instead of enabled. This was causing a kernel panic when LLDP
was enabled/disabled on the link partner switch.
This patch corrects the situation by having the LLDP event handler
check the correct flag in the pf structure. It also cleans up the
setting and clearing of the enabled flag for other checks.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a useless log message and improve the logic for setting
a PHY address from the contents of the MNG_IF_SEL register.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-29
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake provides all the changes in this series starting with fixes an issue
where VF devices may fail during an unbind/bind and we will never zero
the reference counter for the pci_dev structure. Updated the hot path
to use SW counters instead of checking for hardware Tx pending for
possible transmit hangs, which will improve performance. Fixed the NAPI
budget accounting so that fm10k_poll will return actual work done,
capped at (budget - 1) instead of returning 0. Added a check to ensure
that the device is in the normal IO state before continuing to probe,
which allows us to give a more descriptive message of what is wrong
in the case of uncorrectable AER error. In preparation for adding Geneve
Rx offload support, refactored the current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit
more generic. Added support for receive offloads on one Geneve tunnel.
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared, to
make sure that bits related to queue ownership are maintained. Fixed
an issue in queue ownership assignment which casued a race condition
between the PF and the VF such that potentially a VF could cause FUM
fault errors due to normal PF/VF driver behavior.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the PF assigns a new MAC address to a VF it uses the base address
registers to store the MAC address. This allows a VF which loads after
this setup the ability to get the initial address without having to wait
for a mailbox message. Unfortunately to do this, the PF must take queue
ownership away from the VF, which can cause fault errors when there is
already an active VF driver.
This queue ownership assignment causes race condition between the PF and
the VF such that potentially a VF can cause FUM fault errors due to
normal PF/VF driver behavior.
It is not safe to simply allow the PF to write the base address
registers without taking queue ownership back as the PF must also
disable the queues, and this would impact active VF use. The current
code is safe because the queue ownership will prevent the VF from
actually writing but does trigger the FUM fault.
We can do better by simply avoiding the register write process when
a mailbox message suffices. If the message can be sent over the mailbox,
then we will not perform the queue ownership assignment and we won't
update the base address to be the same as the MAC address.
We do still have to write the TXQCTL registers in order to update the
VID of the queue. This is necessary because the TXQCTL register is
read-only from the VF, and thus the VF cannot do this for itself. This
register does not need to wait for the Tx queue to be disabled and is
safe for the PF to write during normal VF operation, so we move this
write to the top of the function above the mailbox message. Without
this, the TXQCTL register would be misconfigured and cause the VF to Tx
hang.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared. This
ensures that bits related to queue ownership are maintained.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to how we handle VXLAN offload, enable support for a single
Geneve tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding Geneve Rx offload support, refactor the
current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit more generic so that it will be
easier to add the new Geneve code. The fm10k hardware supports one VXLAN
and one Geneve tunnel, so we will eventually treat the VXLAN and Geneve
tunnels identically. To this end, factor out the code that handles the
current list so that we can use the generic flow for both tunnels in the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of a surprise remove, we expect the driver to go down,
which includes calling .stop_hw(). However, this function will return an
error because the queues won't appear to cleanly disable. Prevent this
and avoid the unnecessary checks by just returning when
FM10K_REMOVED(hw->hw_addr) is true.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of an uncorrectable AER error occurring when the driver has
not loaded, the recovery routines are not done. This is done because
future loads of the driver may not be aware of the IO state and may not
be able to recover at all. In this case, when we next load the driver it
fails due to what appears to be a surprise remove event. Instead, add
a check to ensure that the device is in the normal IO state before
continuing to probe. This allows us to give a more descriptive message
of what is wrong.
Without this change, the driver will attempt to probe up to our first
call of .reset_hw() which will be unable to read registers and act as if
a surprise remove event occurred.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When fm10k_poll fully cleans rings it returns 0. This is incorrect as it
messes up the budget accounting in the core NAPI code. Fix this by
returning actual work done, capped at budget - 1 since the core doesn't
expect a return of the full budget when the driver modifies the NAPI
status.
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While technically not needed, as all our uses of ACCESS_ONCE are scalar
types, we already use READ_ONCE in a few places, and for code
readability we can swap all the uses of the older ACCESS_ONCE into
READ_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is only used in fm10k_ethtool.c, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch added support to check for hardware Tx pending in the
fm10k_down routine. This support was intended to ensure that we
accurately check what the hardware state is. However, checking for Tx
hangs in this manor during the hotpath results in a large performance
hit. Avoid this by making the hotpath check use the SW counters instead.
Fixes: a0f53cf49cb0 ("fm10k: use actual hardware registers when checking for pending Tx", 2016-06-08)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch removed the pci_disable_device() call in
.io_error_detected. This call corresponded to a pci_enable_device_mem()
call within .io_slot_reset handler. Change the call here to
a pci_reenable_device() so that it does not increment and leak the
enable_cnt reference count for the device. Without this change, VF
devices may fail during an unbind/bind, and we'll never zero the
reference counter for the pci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes a common flow for Client instance open during init
and reset path. The Client subtask can handle both the cases instead of
making a separate notify_client_of_open call.
Also it may fix a bug during reset where the service task was leaking
some memory and causing issues.
Change-Id: I7232a32fd52b82e863abb54266fa83122f80a0cd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the new copper device X557.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This shouldn't matter as nothing should be attached still to be
consisted control MDIO speed for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X557 devices use a different interface to the LED for the port.
This patch reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add geneve Rx offload support for x550em_a.
The implementation follows the vxlan code with the lower 16 bits of
the VXLANCTRL register holding the UDP port for VXLAN and the upper
for Geneve.
Disabled NFS filters in the RFCTL register which allows us to simplify
the check for VXLAN and Geneve packets in ixgbe_rx_checksum().
Removed vxlan from the name of the callback functions and replaced it
with udp_tunnel which is more in line with the new API.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver was only receiving the first 4 bytes of the MAC due
to an incorrect size parameter for ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
in ixgbevf_set_rar_vf().
Correct the size by calculating it on a fly for all instances where
we call ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ethtool reports backplane type interfaces as 1000/10000baseT link modes.
This has been corrected to report the media as KR, KX or KX4 based on the backplane interface present.
Signed-off-by: Veola Nazareth <veola.nazareth@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RAR entry for the SAN MAC address was being cleared when we were
clearing the VMDq pool bits. In order to prevent this we need to add
an extra check to protect the SAN MAC from being cleared.
Fixes: 6e982aeae ("ixgbe: Clear stale pool mappings")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA client is closed during the PF reset and needs to be opened again.
Setting the flag so that RDMA client is opened in watchdog() function.
Change-ID: I507b1e4cbd05528cdff68fd360ef3dcac8901263
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several defines and code comments were indented with spaces instead
of tabs, correct the issue to make indentation consistent.
Change-ID: I0dc6bbb990ec4a9e856acc9ec526d876181f092c
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Correcting the mutex usage, in client_subtask(), mutex_unlock has
to be called just before client_del_instance() since this function opens
and later closes the same mutex again.
Similarly in client_is_registered removing the mutex since it closes
the mutex twice.
This is a patch suggested by RDMA team.
Change-ID: Icce519c266e4221b8a2a72a15ba5bf01750e5852
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __stringify instead.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_release has a print statement that uses an
adapter pointer which is not initialized if a previous if statement
is not true. Hence, intialize it in the right place.
Change-ID: I1afdaa2c46771ac42be56edcc41bb56b455b06c8
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were having a race between the completion of the client open and
calls to the client ops so don't call a client op unless we are sure the
client is open.
Testing Hints: Load IWARP driver and make sure it works as expected.
Change-Id: I741f4f2aa4fcbfdad3e40dabbbb1b005856c396b
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i is defined as int but output as %u several times.
Adjust the format identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for HMC resource and profile cmds for X722
firmware.
Change-ID: Icc332101f38ab15d1bfa167823100eb4f6822f7e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes byte ordering problems found when enabling this feature
support. Without this patch, the feature will not work correctly. This
patch fixes the definitions to have the correct byte order.
Change-ID: Ic7489fbcbe2195df7be62ff5e359201b827cefe6
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver tells us the link speed, so do something with that
information. Add link speed to log messages, and report speed through
ethtool.
Change-Id: I279dc9540cc5203376406050a3e8d67e128d5882
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace calls to create_singlethread_workqueue instead with alloc_workqueue
as is style with other Intel drivers. This provides more control over
workqueue creation, and allows explicit setting of the desired mode of
operation. It also makes it more obvious that driver name constant is
passed to a format "%s".
Change-ID: I6192b44caf5140336cd54c5b350d51c73b541fdb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous refactor added support to store user configuration for VSIs,
so that extra VSIs such as for VMDq can use this information when
configuring. Unfortunately the i40e_vsi_config_rss function was missed
in this refactor, and the values were being ignored. Fix this by
checking for the fields and using those instead of always using the
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move this function below the two functions related to configuring RSS
via the admin queue. This helps co-locate the two functions, and made it
easier to spot a bug in the first i40e_config_rss_aq function as
compared to the i40e_get_rss_aq function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-18
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil cleans up confusing amongst the users by making an error message
into a debug message, since the TXDCTL.ENABLE (and comparable
VFTXDCTL.ENABLE for ixgbevf) bit is set only when the
transmit queue is actually enabled, which may not happen during the
configure phase eve if we waited for it. Converts to using netdev_dbg()
macro instead of our home brewed macro for ixgbevf. Converted the
service task to use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking
reset requests to reduce the possibility of race conditions.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking reset
requests. This should help with possible races in the service task.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the VFTXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of the home brewed macro make use of netdev_dbg same as
the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the TXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use error "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Operation not supported" is
more meaningful than "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Unknown error 524"
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove ethertype filter by ethtool
Example:
Add an ethertype filter:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 2
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 15
Flow Type: Raw Ethernet
Src MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Dest MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Ethertype: 0x88F8 mask: 0x0
Action: Direct to queue 2
Delete the filter by location:
$ ethtool -N delete 15
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove Rx filter by ethtool. Ethtool interface has it's own rules
manager
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 2 rules
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This enables
ip -d l
to indicate if trust is on or off for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shifted the locking around a bit but forgot to delete this unlock so
now it can unlock twice.
Fixes: cd3be169a5 ('i40e: Move the mutex lock in i40e_client_unregister')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements a feature change which allows using ethtool to set
RSS hash opts using less than four parameters if desired.
Change-ID: I0fbb91255d81e997c456697c21ac39cc9754821b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we allocate memory, we must free it. It's simple courtesy.
Change-ID: Id007294096fb53344f1a8b9a0f78eddf9853c5d6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the bug which causes RSS to continue to work
after being disabled. After disabling RSS, traffic would continue
to be assigned to different queues instead of falling back to a
single queue. Without this patch, attempting to disable RSS would
not work as expected. This patch fixes the bug by clearing the
lookup table used by RSS such that all traffic is assigned to a
single queue. This patch also addresses the issue of reinstating
the lookup table should RSS then be re-enabled.
Change-ID: Ib20c7c6a7e9f1f772bb787370f8a8c664796b141
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF goes through reset path during VF creation which happens to also
have notification of VF reset to client. Adding conditional check to
avoid wrongly notifying VF reset during VF creation.
Also changing the call order of VF enable, calling it after VF creation
rather than before.
Change-ID: I96eabd99deae746a2f0fc465194c886f196178ce
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a fix for the bug i.e. unable to create iwarp device
in VF. This is a sync issue and the iwarp device open is called even
before the PCI register writes are done.
Forcing the PCI register writes to happen just before it exits the
function.
Change-ID: I60c6a2c709da89e845f2764cc50ce8b7373c8c44
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a driver is unable to maintain all current user supplied settings
from ethtool (or other sources), it is not ok for a user request to
succeed and silently trample over previous configuration.
To that end, if you change the number of channels, it must not be
allowed to reduce the number of channels (queues) below the current
flow director filter rules targets. In this case, return -EINVAL when
a request to reduce the number of channels would do so. In addition
log a warning to the kernel buffer explaining why we failed, and report
the rules which prevent us from lowering the number of channels.
Change-ID: If41464d63d7aab11cedf09e4f3aa1a69e21ffd88
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where a static analysis tool generates
a warning for "INVARIANT_CONDITION: Expression 'enabled_tc' used
in the condition always yields the same result."
Without this patch, the driver will not pass the static analysis
tool checks without generating warnings.
This patch fixes the problem by eliminating the irrelevant check
and redundant assignment for the value of enabled_tc.
Change-ID: Ia7d44cb050f507df7de333e96369d322e08bf408
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function calls netif_set_real_num_(tx|rx)_queues, both of which
should be done only under rntl lock. Unfortunately the
i40evf_init_task did not hold the rtnl_lock as necessary. This patch
adds the locking needed.
Change-ID: Ib72a21c3ce22b71a226b16f9bbe0f5f8cc3e849b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are resetting the pf stats we should also reset the RX csum
error stat.
Change-ID: I7af5ee0ec81a10f6deee1a7b8c2082ea068ef620
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we do a reset, all the VLAN filters get added again. Therefore we also
want to reset the VLAN count to 0 or we quickly run out of filters.
Change-ID: I459f26851e22204dc8b8999928ad87cde8170119
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client->open call in this path was not protected with the
client instance mutex, and hence the client->close can get initiated
before the open completes.
Change-Id: I0ed60c38868dd3f44966b6ed49a063d0e5b7edf5
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i40e driver was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous Traffic Classes, or Traffic Classes not
starting with TC0, were configured on a link partner switch.
i40e does not support non-contiguous TCs.
To fix this, the patch changes the logic when determining
the total number of TCs enabled. Before, this would use the
highest TC number enabled and assume that all TCs below it were
also enabled. Now, we create a bitmask of enabled TCs and scan
it to determine not only the number of TCs, but also if the set
of enabled TCs starts at zero and is contiguous. If not, then
DCB is disabled by only returning one TC.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Back when I submitted the GSO code I messed up and dropped the support for
disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the feature bit. This patch
re-enables the use of the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER to enable/disable the
VLAN filtering independent of toggling promiscuous mode.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When I was adding the code for enabling VLAN promiscuous mode with SR-IOV
enabled I had inadvertently left the VLNCTRL.VFE bit unchanged as I has
assumed there was code in another path that was setting it when we enabled
SR-IOV. This wasn't the case and as a result we were just disabling VLAN
filtering for all the VFs apparently.
Also the previous patches were always clearing CFIEN which was always set
to 0 by the hardware anyway so I am dropping the redundant bit clearing.
Fixes: 1636956491 ("ixgbe: Add support for VLAN promiscuous with SR-IOV")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is prepatory work for an expanding list of adapter families that have
occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP. Factor out the
sanitization function and convert to using a feature (bug) flag, per
suggestion from Jesse Brandeburg.
Littering functional code with device-specific checks is much messier than
simply checking a flag, and having device-specific init set flags as needed.
There are probably a number of other cases in the e1000e code that
could/should be converted similarly.
Suggested-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix PHY delay compensation math in igb_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() and
igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp. Add PHY delay compensation in
igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
In the IGB driver, there are two functions that retrieve timestamps
received by the PHY - igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
The previous commit only changed igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp(), and the change
was incorrect.
There are two instances in which PHY delay compensations should be
made:
- Before the packet transmission over the PHY, the latency between
when the packet is timestamped and transmission of the packets,
should be an add operation, but it is currently a subtract.
- After the packets are received from the PHY, the latency between
the receiving and timestamping of the packets should be a subtract
operation, but it is currently an add.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Gupta <kshitiz.gupta@ni.com>
Fixes: 3f544d2 (igb: adjust ptp timestamps for tx/rx latency)
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
the index is not equal to zero. Fixes an issue where mac->ops.setup_fc
can be NULL for backplanes which can cause the driver to crash on load.
Don fixes the second parameter of the LED functions, which is the index to
the LED we are interested in affecting. Fixed variable to store register
reads to unsigned integer. Adds support for the new x553 hardware into
ixgbevf. Fixed a missing rtnl lock around ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
Fixed an issue where in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() was not verifying that
the port has been removed. Cleans up the initial crosstalk fix, since
the SFP that indicates the presence of a SFP+ module changes between
hardware types.
Babu Moger fixes typo in freeing IRQ, since the array subscript increments
after the execution of the statement.
Wei Yongjun adds the missing destroy_workqueue() before returning from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Tony adds range checking for setting the MTU from the VF, where the PF can
return a NACK but this was not passed on to the VF, so propagate the
results from the PF to the VF so errors can be reported. Consolidates
mailbox read and write functions, since the recent changes to
ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are performing the same
operations done here.
Colin Ian King removes a redundant check on ret_val, since ret_val has
not changed since the previous check.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Heinrich Schuchardt found a possible null pointer being dereferenced in
i40e_debug_aq(), fixed the issue by doing the variable assignment after
we are sure the pointer is not null.
Avinash fixed an issue when link was down, we were not showing the
correct advertised link modes.
Mitch cleans up a useless initializer since the variable is assigned
right away. Refactors the receive filter handling to properly track
filter adds and deletes so the driver will not lose filters during a
reset and up/down cycles. Also added a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Catherine removes a device id which is not needed (or used). Moves
a mutex lock since we need to lock the client list around the
i40e_client_release() call to prevent the release from interrupting
the client instances while they are being added.
Joshua adds Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Amitoj Kaur Chawla cleans up a redundant memset() call before a memcpy().
Stefan Assmann adds the missing link advertise for some x710 NICs.
Tushar Dave fixes and issue found on SPARC, where a PF reset clears MAC
filters and if a platform-specific MAC address is used, the driver has
to explicitly write default MAC address to MAC filters otherwise all
incoming traffic destined to the default MAC address will be dropped
after reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a few issues with the initial crosstalk fix. Most
important of which is the SDP that indicates the presents of a SFP+
module changes between HW types. With this change that is taken in
to consideration
It also moves the check closer to the base code that checks link. This
makes it so we only need to do the check in one spot.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The last check on ret_val is redundant since ret_val has not changed
since the previous check, so remove it as it is extraneous.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are
performing the same operations done here; change those functions to
utilize ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when setting the VF's MTU, the PF can return a NACK but this
isn't passed on to the VF. Propagate the results from the PF to the VF
so errors can be reported.
In ixgbevf_change_mtu, return an error and reject the change.
For ixgbevf_configure_rx, log the error for debugging purposes since
the function is buried in a series of Rx config routines that are void.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbevf_reset_subtask We weren't verifying that the port haven't
been removed, we are with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbevf_reinit_locked() assumes you have the rtnl lock
however we didn't when calling from the service task. This patch
corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
mac->ops.setup_fc can be null for backplanes which can cause the driver
to crash on load.
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <patrickm@gaikai.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add VF support for the new X553 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The array subscript increments after the execution of the statement.
So there is no issue here. However it helps to read the code better.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed this variable used for register reads wasn't an unsigned
so this patch corrects that. I don't believe this was causing any
issue as is but this is more consistent with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the version number to more closely match the function included
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second parameter of these functions is the index to the led we
are interested in affecting. However we were mistakenly passing
the offset in the register. This patch corrects that and adds some
bonds checking which would hopefully make bugs like this more noticeable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
index != 0.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e PF reset clears mac filters. If platform-specific mac address
is used, driver has to explicitly write default mac address to mac
filters otherwise all incoming traffic destined to default mac
address will be dropped after reset.
This issue was found on SPARC while toggling i40e ntuple via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adding the missing link advertise for some X710 NICs.
This can be observed by simply calling ethtool on the interface.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: Not reported
[...]
With fix applied.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: 10000baseT/Full
[...]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to lock the client list around the i40e_client_release call to
prevent the release from interrupting the client instances while they are
being added.
Change-Id: I99993f20179aaf8730207833e7d0869d2ccffa1d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove redundant call to memset before a call to memcpy.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression e1,e2,e3,e4;
@@
- memset(e1,e2,e3);
memcpy(e1,e4,e3);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly track filter adds and deletes so the driver doesn't lose filters
during resets and up/down cycles. Add a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Implement a simple state machine so the driver can track the status of
each filter throughout its lifecycle. Properly manage the overflow promiscuous
state for the each VSI, and provide a way for the driver to detect when to exit
overflow promiscuous mode.
Remove all possible default MAC filters that the firmware may have set up so
that the driver can manage these correctly, particularly when VLANs come into
play. Remove the LAA flag for filters; instead just send whatever we get through
set_mac to the firmware as the LAA for wakeup purposes.
Finally, add the state of each filter to debugfs output so we can see what's
going on inside the driver's pointy little head.
Change-ID: I97c5e366fac2254fa01eaff4f65c0af61dcf2e1f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Change-ID: I9c4fe6d8dfd34f7f68ebc9fdae225c8768439c89
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID is not needed, so take it out.
Change-ID: I148d29f68a1f58b03980ecd83047a1b440f4f74d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This initializer isn't needed because the variable is assigned right
away.
Change-ID: I6ce3edb3f4e0364db248a7a0bcc62ca95c01d941
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When link is down, Advertised Link Modes was wrongly displaying full
supported link modes instead of Advertised link mode. Added conditional
checks in order to make sure correct Advertised link modes are
displayed when the link is down.
Change-ID: I8a61413f9ee174149c7a33157b5f0b0a8da9842d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function i40e_debug_aq parameter desc is assumed to be
possibly NULL. Do not dereference it before checking the
value.
Fixes: f905dd62be ("i40e/i40evf: add max buf len to aq debug print helper")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The pci_enable_msix_range() function returns a positive value of the
number of allocated vectors if it succeeds. On failure it returns
a negative error code. Return this code properly so that the error
message printed by the driver will show the actual error code instead of
being masked by -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we resume from an AER recovery with many active VFs, the PF sees
many spurious link up and link down events. Prevent this by delaying
link down for at least one second after the resume event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the fm10k interface is brought up, but the switch manager software is
not running, the driver will continuously request the lport map every
few seconds in the base driver watchdog routine. Eventually after
several minutes the switch mailbox Tx fifo will fill up and the mailbox
will timeout, resulting in a reset. This reset will appear as if for no
reason, and occurs regularly every few minutes until the switch manager
software is loaded.
Prevent this from happening by only requesting the lport map after we've
verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready. In order to simplify code logic
and reduce code duplication, implement this as a new function pointer
"mac.ops.request_lport_map" which the VF will not implement. Otherwise,
we have to duplicate the tx_ready check outside of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic, or re-implement most of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic in the pf version.
The resulting code is simpler and easier to understand, and prevents the
PF from continuously requesting lport map and filling the Tx fifo of
a switch mailbox that isn't ready.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes, a VF driver will lose PCIe address access, such as due to
a PF FLR event. In fm10k_detach_subtask, poll and check whether the
PCIe register space is active again and restore the device when it has.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of bus master mode, and
the driver will be unable to recover from the reset properly, resulting
in malicious driver events and an infinite reset loop. In the normal
case, the bus master mode will already be enabled and this call will
essentially be a no-op. Since we're doing this every reset, it is
possible we could remove the other calls to pci_set_master() but it
seems not harmful to just leave them in place.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Continuing the effort to commonize the similar suspend/resume flows,
finish up by using the new fm10k_handle_suspand and fm10k_handle_resume
functions for the standard suspend/resume flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a function level PCI reset is triggered using sysfs, it calls the
driver's .reset_notify error handler. Implement a handler based on the
now split fm10k_prepare_for_reset and fm10k_handle_reset functions, so
that we fully reset the driver when the PCI function level reset occurs.
This also ensures the reset is handled in a clean way by first disabling
all the driver bits first and then restoring them after the function
reset. Previously the stack simply performed a blind function reset and
our driver didn't take any part in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have extracted the necessary steps for a split
suspend/resume flow, re-use these functions instead of using the current
open coded flow. This ensures that we don't miss any steps. It also
ensures that we have the correct driver states set.
Since we'll be handling all of the reset flow ourselves, we no longer
need to request a reset in the io_slot_reset() function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement fm10k_prepare_suspend and fm10k_handle_resume functions which
abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Every other location that does a suspend/resume type flow is expected to
use these functions, because otherwise they may have conflicts with the
running watchdog routines. This also has the effect of preventing
possible surprise remove events during handling of FLR events and PCIe
errors.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are several flows in the driver which perform the similar function
of tearing down software and restoring software to recover from certain
errors or PCIe events, including:
* fm10k_reinit
* fm10k_suspend/resume
* fm10k_io_error_detected/fm10k_io_resume
In addition, we want to implement a .reset_notify() handler as well
which will also perform similar function.
Rework how the driver codes reset and resume flows by separating out the
reinit logic into two functions "fm10k_prepare_for_reset" and
"fm10k_handle_reset". This first step will allow us to re-use this
functionality in the similar blocks of code instead of re-coding the
same sequence of events slightly different.
The end result should be more maintainable and correct, fixing several
inconsistencies with the work flow.
The new functions expect to take the rtnl_lock() themselves, and it does
have the unfortunate side effect of having the reinit flow take then
release then take the rtnl_lock. However, this minor downside is
out weighted by the benefits of code reduction and reducing needless
difference between these flows.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It turns out that sometimes during a reset the Tx queues will be
temporarily stuck longer than .stop_hw() expects. Work around this issue
by attempting to .stop_hw() first. If it tails, wait a number of
attempts until the Tx queues appear to be drained. After this, attempt
stop_hw() again. This ensures that we avoid waiting if we don't need to,
such as during the first initialization of a VF, and give the proper
amount of time necessary to recover from most situations. It is possible
that the hardware is actually stuck. For PFs, this is usually fixed by
a datapath reset. Unfortunately the VF cannot request a similar reset
for itself.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When stop_hw() routine fails with FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING, this
indicates that the Tx or Rx queues did not shutdown within the time
limit. Print a more suitable message at the dev_info level instead of
dev_err.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A while ago, an additional check for the switch being ready was added to
reset_hw. A recent refactor accidentally made this check return an error
code on failure which caused fm10k_probe to fail when the switch wasn't
brought up first. The original reasoning for the check was to prevent
additional data path reset when the fabric wasn't ready yet. However,
there isn't a compelling reason to keep the check, as the data path
reset will restore hardware to a known good state. Remove the check and
perform the data path reset regardless of the switch manager state.
An alternative fix is to return FM10K_SUCCESS instead, and bypass the
actual data path reset. This should be fine as we will perform
a reset_hw once the switch is active. However, since data path reset
will reset many parts of the hardware it seems better to just perform
the reset regardless of switch state.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't report FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING when we fail to disable queues
within the timeout. This can occur due to a hardware Tx hang, or when
the switch ethernet fabric is resetting while we are transmitting
traffic. It can sometimes take up to 500ms before the Tx DMA engine
gives up. Instead, just skip the DMA engine check and perform
a data-path reset anyways. Add a statistic counter to keep track of the
number of resets occurring while we have pending DMA on the rings.
In order to prevent having to re-assign err to 0, re-order the
last few items of the reset_hw_pf function so that we don't perform
"return err" at the end.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a data path reset is initiated, write control to the PCIE_GMBX is
yanked from the switch manager. The switch manager writes to this
register to clear mailbox global interrupt bits as part of its mailbox
interrupt handling routine. When the device recovers from the data path
reset and these bits are not cleared, it will prevent future mailbox
global interrupts from being triggered. Upon confirming that the device
has exited from a data path reset, clear these bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also prevent updating stats while the interface is down. If we're
already updating stats, just return doing nothing. When we take the
device down, block stat updates until we come back up. This ensures that
we avoid tearing down rings when we're updating statistics, and prevents
updating statistics until we're up.
We can't re-use the __FM10K_DOWN for this because it wouldn't prevent
multiple threads from accessing statistics. Neither does it prevent the
case where we start updating stats and then start going down in another
thread.
The fm10k_get_stats64 is except from this, because it has a completely
different flow which does not suffer from the same issues as
fm10k_update_stats might.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's currently possible for fm10k_update_stats to be called during the
window when we go down and the rings are removed. This can result in
a null pointer dereference. In fm10k_get_stats64 we work around this by
using ACCESS_ONCE and a null pointer check inside the loop. Use this
same flow in the fm10k_update_stats to avoid the potential null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return early from fm10k_down() when we are already down, since that
means another thread is either already finished or has started going
down, so shouldn't conflict with them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the q_vector initialization routine sets the affinity_mask
of a q_vector based on v_idx value. Meaning a loop iterates on v_idx,
which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based on
this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
SMT scenarios). If we disable some logical CPUs, by turning SMT off for
example, we will end up with a sparse cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first
CPU in a core is online, and incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might
lead to multiple offline CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
This patch changes the way q_vector's affinity_mask is created: it iterates
on v_idx, but consumes the CPU index from the cpu_online_mask instead of
just using the v_idx incremental value.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function ixgbe_poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this returning the actual work done, capped to weight - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the napi status
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch sets VSI broadcast promiscuous mode during VSI add sequence
and prevents adding MAC filter if specified MAC address is broadcast.
Change-ID: Ia62251fca095bc449d0497fc44bec3a5a0136773
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are a couple of issues I found in i40e_rx_checksum while doing some
recent testing. As a result I have found the Rx checksum logic is pretty
much broken and returning that the checksum is valid for tunnels in cases
where it is not.
First the inner types are not the correct values to use to test for if a
tunnel is present or not. In addition the inner protocol types are not a
bitmask as such performing an OR of the values doesn't make sense. I have
instead changed the code so that the inner protocol types are used to
determine if we report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY or not. For anything that does
not end in UDP, TCP, or SCTP it doesn't make much sense to report a
checksum offload since it won't contain a checksum anyway.
This leaves us with the need to set the csum_level based on some value.
For that purpose I am using the tunnel_type field. If the tunnel type is
GRENAT or greater then this means we have a GRE or UDP tunnel with an inner
header. In the case of GRE or UDP we will have a possible checksum present
so for this reason it should be safe to set the csum_level to 1 to indicate
that we are reporting the state of the inner header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some comments weren't updated to reflect the renaming of ndo's and the
change of arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-29
This series contains updates and fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and fm10k. A
true smorgasbord of changes.
Jake cleans up some obscurity by not using the BIT() macro on bitshift
operation and also fixed the calculated index when looping through the
indir array. Fixes the issue with igb's workqueue item for overflow
check from causing a surprise remove event. The ptp_flags variable is
added to simplify the work of writing several complex MAC type checks
in the PTP code while fixing the workqueue.
Alex Duyck fixes the receive buffers alignment which should not be L1
cache aligned, but to 512 bytes instead.
Denys Vlasenko prevents a division by zero which was reported under
VMWare for e1000e.
Amritha fixes an issue where filters in a child hash table must be
cleared from the hardware before delete the filter links in ixgbe.
Bhaktipriya Shridhar simply replaces the deprecated create_workqueue()
with alloc_workqueue() for fm10k.
Tony corrects ixgbe ethtool reporting to show x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Emil fixes an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass traffic due
to spoofed packets.
Andrew Lunn increases performance on some systems where syncing a buffer
for DMA is expensive. So rather than sync the whole 2K receive buffer,
only synchronize the length of the frame.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
For an IMX6Q, this gives around 6% increased TCP receive performance,
which is cache operations bound and reduces CPU load for TCP transmit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When setting spoofing, both VLAN and MAC need to be set together.
This change resolves an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass
traffic due to spoofed packets.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe_ethtool_get_ts_info() to show that x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Reported-by: Guy Harris <guy@alum.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem (viz
fm10k_service_task, which manages and runs other subtasks) is involved in
normal device operation and requires forward progress under memory
pressure.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since network devices may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly stop the extra workqueue items and ensure that we resume
cleanly. This is better than using igb_ptp_init and igb_ptp_stop since
these functions destroy the PHC device, which will cause other problems
if we do so. Since igb_ptp_reset now re-schedules the work-queue item we
don't need an equivalent igb_ptp_resume in the resume workflow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make igb_ptp_stop take advantage of this new function to reduce code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify igb_ptp_init to take advantage of igb_ptp_reset, and remove
duplicated work that was occurring in both igb_ptp_reset and
igb_ptp_init.
In total, resetting the TSAUXC register, and resetting the system time
both happen in igb_ptp_reset already. igb_ptp_reset now also takes care
of starting the delayed work item for overflow checks, as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't continue to use complex MAC type checks for handling various cases
where we have overflow check code. Make this code more obvious by
introducing a flag which is enabled for hardware that needs these
checks.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upcoming patches will introduce new PTP specific flags. To avoid
cluttering the normal flags variable, introduce PTP specific "ptp_flags"
variable for this purpose, and move IGB_FLAG_PTP to become
IGB_PTP_ENABLED.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For u32 classifier filters, avoid overwriting existing filter
in a hardware location without removing it first, to clean up
inconsistencies due to duplicate values for filter location.
Verified with the following filters:
Create child hash tables:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:11 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
handle 800:0:12 u32 ht 800: link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 17 ff match ip dst 16.0.0.1/32
Add filter into child hash table:
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
Add another filter to the same location:
handle 2:0:3 u32 ht 2: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On deleting filters which are links to a child hash table, the filters
in the child hash table must be cleared from the hardware if there
is no link between the parent and child hash table.
Verified with the following filters:
Create a child hash table:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
Add filters into child hash table:
handle 1:0:2 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Delete link filter from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users report that under VMWare, er32(TIMINCA) returns zero.
This causes division by zero at init time as follows:
==> incvalue = er32(TIMINCA) & E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK;
for (i = 0; i < E1000_MAX_82574_SYSTIM_REREADS; i++) {
/* latch SYSTIMH on read of SYSTIML */
systim_next = (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIML);
systim_next |= (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIMH) << 32;
time_delta = systim_next - systim;
temp = time_delta;
====> rem = do_div(temp, incvalue);
This change makes kernel survive this, and users report that
NIC does work after this change.
Since on real hardware incvalue is never zero, this should not affect
real hardware use case.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The index calculated when looping through the indir array passed to
fm10k_write_reta was incorrectly calculated as the first part i needs to
be multiplied by 4.
Fixes: 0cfea7a65738 ("fm10k: fix possible null pointer deref after kcalloc", 2016-04-13)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While reviewing the i40e driver changes to support page based receive I
realized that I had overlooked the fact that the fm10k hardware required a
512 byte alignment for Rx buffers. This patch is meant to address that by
changing the alignment for Rx buffers to 512 bytes instead of allowing it
to be L1 cache aligned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10K_MAX_DATA_PER_TXD is really just using a bitshift as a power of
2 operation in an efficient manner. We shouldn't represent this as a BIT()
because that obscures the intention of the operation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now ixgbevf_write/read_posted_mbx use -IXGBE_ERR_MBX as the initiative
return value, but it's incorrect, cause in ixgbevf_vlan_rx_add_vid(),
it use err == IXGBE_ERR_MBX, the err returned from mac.ops.set_vfta,
and in ixgbevf_set_vfta_vf, it return from write/read_posted. so we
should initialize err with IXGBE_ERR_MBX, instead of -IXGBE_ERR_MBX.
With this fix, the other functions that called it also can work well,
cause they only care about if err is 0 or not.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The bit in the e1000 driver that mentions explicitly that the hardware
has no support for separate RX/TX VLAN accel toggling rings true for
e1000e as well, and thus both NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX need to be kept in sync.
Revert a portion of commit 889ad45666 ("e1000e: keep VLAN interfaces
functional after rxvlan off") since keeping the bits in sync resolves
the original issue.
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got a bug report about an e1000e interface, where a VLAN interface is
set up on top of it:
$ ip link add link ens1f0 name ens1f0.99 type vlan id 99
$ ip link set ens1f0 up
$ ip link set ens1f0.99 up
$ ip addr add 192.168.99.92 dev ens1f0.99
At this point, I can ping another host on vlan 99, ip 192.168.99.91.
However, if I do the following:
$ ethtool -K ens1f0 rxvlan off
Then no traffic passes on ens1f0.99. It comes back if I toggle rxvlan on
again. I'm not sure if this is actually intended behavior, or if there's a
lack of software VLAN stripping fallback, or what, but things continue to
work if I simply don't call e1000e_vlan_strip_disable() if there are
active VLANs (plagiarizing a function from the e1000 driver here) on the
interface.
Also slipped a related-ish fix to the kerneldoc text for
e1000e_vlan_strip_disable here...
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When LLDP/DCBX change happens the i40e driver code flow tried to
notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs. This resulted into
kernel panic on the first VSI that didn't have any netdev
associated to it.
The DCB change notification to the client(s) should be done only
once for the PF/LAN VSI where the client(s) instances have been
added to. Also, move the notification call after the PF driver has
made changes related to the updated DCB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald J Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On systems with 128 CPUs, turning off TSO results in errors,
i40e 0000:03:00.0: failed to get tracking for 1 vectors for VSI 400, err=-12
i40e 0000:03:00.0: Couldn't create FDir VSI
i40e 0000:03:00.0: i40e_ptp_init: PTP not supported on eth0
i40e 0000:03:00.0: couldn't add VEB, err I40E_ERR_ADMIN_QUEUE_ERROR aq_err I40E_AQ_RC_ENOENT
i40e 0000:03:00.0: rebuild of switch failed: -1, will try to set up simple PF connection
i40e 0000:03:00.0 eth0: adding 00:10:e0:8a:24:b6 vid=0
Enabling FD_SB without checking availability of MSI-X vector is the
root cause. This change adds necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the macaddr add and delete happens asynchronously, error
messages don't easily get associated to the actual request. Here
we add a bit of information to the error messages to help
determine the source of the error.
Change-ID: Id2d6df5287141c3579677d72d8bd21122823d79f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the need for a reset when the device enters limited promiscuous
mode. This was causing heartburn for people who were using VFs and
bridging, since this would require all of the VFs to undergo a reset
each time the PF changed its promiscuity.
Change-ID: I0a83495c5e4d68112bbc7a7a076d20fa8dd3b61c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Always add MAC address at the tail of the MAC filter list. Since the
device's "real" MAC address is added first, it will always be at the
beginning of the list. This prevents an issue where the "real" MAC
filter might not get added if too many other filters are added before
bringing the interface up.
Change-ID: I34a8aeebeb0cb87a44b24118adc4176c7b943c1c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Limiting qcount to pf->num_lan_msix, effectively limits the RSS queues
to only use the number of CPUs, and ignore all other queues. We don't
want to do this. If the user has changed the RSS settings to use more
queues then CPUS, we want to trust they know what they are doing and
let them. More importantly, if we tell them that is what we did, we want
to actually do it and allow traffic into all of the queues we have
allocated. This does not change the default setting to initially
allocate only the number of CPUS of queue pairs.
Change-ID: Ie941a96e806e4bcd016addb4e17affb46770ada5
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removing this code which wasn't allowing 100BaseT to show up in the supported
link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Change-ID: Iada2eafa7ef6b4bac9a2a1380ff533ae5de51e1d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a Direct Attach (DA) cable is used, if the i40e_set_settings
function is called it would return an error. Add the DA type so
the function won't fail.
Change-ID: I2b802f27a5d91cfefa72fd1f852acb4d74647a8e
Signed-off-by: Serey Kong <serey.kong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function was failing to save PCI state
and this would result in a kernel stack trace from a WARN_ONCE in the
pci_legacy_suspend() function.
Add a call to pci_save_state() to fix that problem.
Change-ID: I4736e62bb660966bd208cc8af617a14cb07fc4bd
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function calls another function that preps the device
for the power save and resume by freeing all the Tx/Rx resources and
interrupts but that function does not free the "other" causes interrupt
vector and IRQ. It also fails to call synchronize_irq() before freeing
the IRQ vectors. This sometimes may result in some AER errors on those
systems with that PCIe error reporting feature enabled.
Call synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free
the other causes interrupt resources and shut down that MSIX interrupt.
Change-ID: Ib88e4536756518a352446da0232189716618ad81
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the user adds an obscene amount of MAC addresses, the driver will run
into the situation where it has too many address requests to fit into a
single PF message. The driver checks for this case, and calculates the
maximum number of messages that it can send. Then it completely ignores
this count and overflows the buffer.
Fix this by checking the address count and bailing out of the loop at
the appropriate time.
Change-ID: If8dcbb04602c75941dc0cd8309065e1de9ca791c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were failing to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Add this call so that the client doesn't get an open called with
no close.
Also remove an un-needed delay. The VF should not be affected at all by
i40e_down.
Change-ID: I1135dffef534bf84e6fed57cf51bcf590e6cfaf7
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver, it needs to set the RSS
Hash Enable registers by default. Without this, no packets will be
hashed and they'll all end up on queue 0.
Change-ID: I38e425f40ddb81e3b19a951cfbb939fa5b1123f1
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function uses the i40e_hw struct all over the place, so why doesn't
it keep a pointer to the struct? Add this pointer as a local variable
and use it consistently throughout the function.
Change-ID: I10eb688fe40909433fcb8ac7ac891cef67445d72
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions to enable and disable default VSI on a VEB. This allows
for configuration of limited promiscuous mode specifically for bridging
purposes.
Change-ID: I0cc5bd68b31c500fdff4d47e1f15d50d2739faf4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the Intel ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
The last change is that I pulled the rtnl_lock/unlock into the conditional
statement for IXGBE_FLAG2_VXLAN_REREG_NEEDED. The motivation behind this
is to avoid unneeded bouncing of the mutex which will just slow down the
handling of this call anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for offloading IPXIP6 type packets that represent
either IPv4 or IPv6 encapsulated inside of an IPv6 outer IP header. In
addition with this change we should also be able to support FOU
encapsulated traffic with outer IPv6 headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and
NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP
tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol
can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and
SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT
are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4).
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP
encapsulation over IPv6 is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like at some point I somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features. As a result the driver is now generating a warning about
vlan_features being setup incorrectly.
This patch corrects that by placing the update of netdev->features to
include the VLAN features so that it is after the point where we write
netdev->features into netdev->vlan_features.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Swap the parameters in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
This change fixes Tx hangs when enabling SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We removed this initialization but it is required. Let's put it back.
Fixes: 895106a577 ('i40e: trivial fixes')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default, we
don't need to add a filter. This eliminates an annoying but harmless
error message each time VFs are created or reset.
Change-ID: I4cd6339684df45b0d2722133eeb84c14fa93ea19
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This logic is inverted. If the RXHASH flag is set, then we should go
ahead and call skb_set_hash.
Change-ID: Ib2e30356dced1d3e939c8061ab6ad5bd94197e7c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the SR-IOV VSIs, when the queue filtering section is valid,
the RSS LUT needs to be set to use the VSI specific lookup table
(otherwise it will use the PF RSS LUT table).
Change-ID: Ia9377cc818078238a75c3bdeade1b593a91b3480
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects Rx ptype payload layer for non_tunneled ipv6. It
should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Change-ID: I9382e4458ab3c4e58f6d2e9f195d5d4ee513805e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the issue, but don't display
a warning every time. The user should be able to see the ethtool counter
we created if necessary to see how often it is occurring.
Change-ID: I40c4ea159819b64a7d33b7f5716749089791533a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only looking at the FW supported PHY types if link
was down, because we want to be more specific when link is up. This
refactor changes this. When link is down, we still rely on the FW
supported PHY types, but when link is up, we select the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type, and
AND that with the FW supported PHY types.
Change-ID: Ice5dad83f2a17932b0b8b59f07439696ad6aa013
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an untrusted VF attempts to configure promiscuous mode, log a message
pointing out its naughty behavior. But then, instead of returning an
error to the offender, just lie to it and say everything's OK. It will
continue on its way, thinking it's in promiscuous mode, but receiving no
packets except its own.
Change-ID: I63369215b1720f3c531eedfc06af86ff8c0e3dc8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds priv-flag knob to configure global true promisc
support. With this patch the user can decide the flavor of
promiscuous that the VFs will see when promiscuous mode is enabled
on the interface. Since this a global setting for the whole device,
the priv-flag is exposed only on the first PF of the device.
The default is true promisc support is off, which means the promisc
mode for the VF will be limited/defport mode.
For the PF, we still will be in limited promisc unless in MFP mode
irrespective of the flavor picked through this knob.
Usage:
On PF0
ethtool --show-priv-flags p261p1
Private flags for p261p1:
MFP : off
LinkPolling : off
flow-director-atr : on
veb-stats : off
hw-atr-eviction : off
vf-true-promisc-support: off
to enable setting true promisc
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 vf-true-promisc-support on
At this point if the VF is set to trust and promisc is enabled
on the VF through
ip link set ... promisc on
The VF/VFs will be able to see ALL ingress traffic
Change-Id: I8fac4b6eb1af9ca77b5376b79c50bdce5055bd94
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the support code for calling the AdminQ API call aq_set_switch_config
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables a feature to enable/disable all multicast
for a trusted VF.
Change-Id: I926eba7f8850c8d40f8ad7e08bbe4056bbd3985f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add flag to tell firmware to disable link on all ports.
This patch changes the bits set for telling firmware the PHY needs
to be modified by driver. Without this patch, the setting will only
set that mode for the current port on the device. Because the
MDIO interface is common for the copper device. The command needs to
set the mode for all ports.
Change-ID: I8baa7da91d384291ac95b41ae1a516604f8eb67f
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e_config_hwtstamp function was incorrectly resetting the SYSTIM
registers every time the ioctl was being run. If you happened to be
running ptp4l and lost the PTP connect (removing cable, or blocking the
UDP traffic for example), then ptp4l will eventually perform a restart
which involves re-requesting timestamp settings. In e1000e this has the
unfortunate and incorrect result of resetting SYSTIME to the kernel
time. Since kernel time is usually in UTC, and PTP time is in TAI, this
results in the leap second being re-applied.
Fix this by extracting the SYSTIME reset out into its own function,
e1000e_ptp_reset, which we call during reset to restore the hardware
registers. This function will (a) restart the timecounter based on the
new system time, (b) restore the previous PPB setting, and (c) restore
the previous hwtstamp settings.
In order to perform (b), I had to modify the adjfreq ptp function
pointer to store the old delta each time it is called. This also has the
side effect of restoring the correct base timinca register correctly.
The driver does not need to explicitly zero the ptp_delta variable since
the entire adapter structure comes zero-initialized.
Reported-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK value is shifted, out to the 31st bit, which
is the signed bit for signed constants. Mark these values as unsigned to
prevent compiler warnings and issues on platforms which a different
signed bit implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents signed bitshift issues when the shift would overwrite the
signed bit, and prevents making this mistake in the future when copying
and modifying code.
Use GENMASK or the unsigned postfix for cases which aren't suitable for
BIT() macro.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To prevent signed bitshift issues, and improve code readability, use the
BIT() macro. Also make use of GENMASK or the unsigned postfix where this
is more appropriate than BIT()
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable rdlen is set but never used, and thus setting it is dead
code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Table 7-62 on page 338 of the i210 datasheet lists TX and RX latencies
for the various speeds the chip supports. To give better PTP timestamp
accuracy, adjust the timestamps by the amounts Intel gives based on
current link speed.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
SYSTIMH:SYSTIML registers are incremented by 24-bit value TIMINCA[23..0]
er32(SYSTIML) are probably moderately expensive (they are pci bus reads).
Can we avoid one of them? Yes, we can.
If the SYSTIML value we see is smaller than 0xff000000, the overflow
into SYSTIMH would require at least two increments.
We do two reads, er32(SYSTIML) and er32(SYSTIMH), in this order.
Even if one increment happens between them, the overflow into SYSTIMH
is impossible, and we can avoid doing another er32(SYSTIML) read
and overflow check.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If two consecutive reads of the counter are the same, it is also
not an overflow. "systimel_1 < systimel_2" should be
"systimel_1 <= systimel_2".
Before the patch, we could perform an *erroneous* correction:
Let's say that systimel_1 == systimel_2 == 0xffffffff.
"systimel_1 < systimel_2" is false, we think it's an overflow,
we read "systimeh = er32(SYSTIMH)" which meanwhile had incremented,
and use "(systimeh << 32) + systimel_2" value which is 2^32 too large.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"incvalue" variable holds a result of "er32(TIMINCA) &
E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK" and used in "do_div(temp, incvalue)"
as a divisor.
Thus, "u64 incvalue" declaration is probably a mistake.
Even though it seems to be a harmless one, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For bitshifts, we should make use of the BIT macro when possible, and
ensure that other bitshifts are marked as unsigned. This helps prevent
signed bitshift errors, and ensures similar style.
Make use of GENMASK and the unsigned postfix where BIT() isn't
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed the file to use a consistent ret_val for return value checking.
Signed-off-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issues for disabling auto-negotiation and forcing
speed and duplex settings for the non-copper media.
For non-copper media, e1000_get_settings should return ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID for
eth_tp_mdix_ctrl instead of ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO so subsequent e1000_set_settings
call would not fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
e1000_set_spd_dplx should not automatically turn autoneg back on for forced
1000 Mbps full duplex settings for non-copper media.
Cc: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Shih <sshih@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newly added code in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg() is indented
in a way that gcc rightly complains about:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function 'i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1543:4: error: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
if (f->vlan >= 0 && f->vlan <= I40E_MAX_VLANID)
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1550:5: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
aq_err = pf->hw.aq.asq_last_status;
From the context, it looks like the aq_err assignment was meant to be
inside of the conditional expression, so I'm adding the appropriate
curly braces now.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 5676a8b9cd ("i40e: Add VF promiscuous mode driver support")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing on systems with very limited amounts of RAM, a bug was
found where, while changing the number of descriptors using ethtool,
the driver didn't test the limits of system memory before permanently
assuming it would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Work around this issue by pre-allocation of the receive buffer
memory, in the "ghost" ring, which is then used during reinit
using the new ring length.
Change-Id: I92d7a5fb59a6c884b2efdd1ec652845f101c3359
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allocate the correct number of RX buffers, and don't fiddle with
next_to_use. The common RX code handles all of this. This fixes a memory
leak of one page each time the driver is opened.
Change-Id: Id06eca353086e084921f047acad28c14745684ee
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive, but the
driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole
lot of complexity while getting rid of the code.
Also since the previous patch made us use no-split mode all the
time, drop any support in the driver for any other value in dtype
and assume it is always zero (aka no-split).
Hooray for code removal!
Change-ID: I2257e902e4dad84a07b94db6d2e6f4ce69b27bc0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 2 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40evf.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove VF ethtool control over packet split
- remove priv_flags interface since it is unused
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Some of the split related context set up code stays in
i40e_virtchnl_pf.c in case an older VF driver tries to load
and still wants to use packet split.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 1 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40e.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove ethtool control over packet split
Change-ID: I5ca100721de65992aa0114f8b4bac844b84758e0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of the rx-refactor, the dtype variable in the i40e_ring
struct is no longer used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the interpretation of a tunnel. This removes
some code and lets us start using the hardware's parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.
Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.
KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.
Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL. Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs. Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.
Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.
Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.
Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.
Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a trans_start struct member exists twice:
- in struct net_device (legacy)
- in struct netdev_queue
Instead of open-coding dev->trans_start usage to obtain the current
trans_start value, use dev_trans_start() instead.
This is not exactly the same, as dev_trans_start also considers
the trans_start values of the netdev queues owned by the device
and provides the most recent one.
For legacy devices this doesn't matter as dev_trans_start can cope
with netdev trans_start values of 0 (they are ignored).
This is a prerequisite to eventual removal of dev->trans_start.
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() is not using the netdev parameter;
removing it since it's unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds IXGBE_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE flag that is set
for all MACs other than X550EM_x and x550em_a. DCB and
FCoE is disabled for these MACS. DCB initialization
code is moved to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can just use function pointers instead of
having to identify if a given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF. By
doing this we can avoid having to pull too much information out of the
lower layers and can instead just make use of the mac_ops pointers since
they should differ between the two types of VFs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We noticed performance issues with VF interface on sparc compared
to PF. Setting the RX to IXGBE_DCA_RXCTRL_DATA_WRO_EN brings it
on far with PF. Also this matches to the default sparc setting in
PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Revise populating few registers in ixgbe_get_regs() and macro
definitions.
Before applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8572 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
After applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8568 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code was ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers. This patch
correctly fills out 64 bit value in two 32 bit words.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove duplicate and unused device ID definitions.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change aims to simplify the logic we use to determine WOL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Also some cleanups in ixgbe_wol_supported() - changed return type to
bool and removed redundant return variable by simply using return after
the checks.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We had some 82599 subdevice IDs missing from the list of parts that
support WoL.
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Hyper-V, the VF/PF communication is a via software mediated path
as opposed to the hardware mailbox. Make the necessary
adjustments to support Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Intel SR-IOV cards present different ID when running on Hyper-V.
Add the device IDs presented while running on Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)to match on.
This is achieved in the following order:
1. Create a leaf hash table for the next header.
2. Create a link to the leaf hash table from the base hash table with
matches on next header type and current header fields.
3. Add filter in leaf hash table with match on next header fields and
action.
Verified with the following filters :
Match TCP and DIP:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 10.0.0.1/32
match tcp src 28 ffff action drop
Delete the filter:
Match on DIP, SIP, UDP (SPort, DPort):
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 2 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip dst 15.0.0.2/32 match ip protocol 17 ff \
match ip src 15.0.0.1/32
match udp src 30 ffff match udp dst 32 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables 'redirect' to a SRIOV VF or a offloaded macvlan
device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Verified with the following script that creates SRIOV VFs, offloaded
macvlan and adds tc u32 filters with redirect action to the associated
netdevs.
# add ingress qdisc.
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# create 4 sriov VFs and bring up the first one.
echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
sleep 1
ip link set p4p1 up
ip link set p4p1_0 up
# create a offloaded macvlan device and bring it up.
ethtool -K p4p1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add link p4p1 name mvlan_1 type macvlan
ip link set mvlan_1 up
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to VF netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.1.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev p4p1_0
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to macvlan netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.2.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev mvlan_1
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that i40e and i40evf can use GSO_PARTIAL to support
segmentation for frames with checksums enabled in outer headers. As a
result we can now send data over these types of tunnels at over 20Gb/s
versus the 12Gb/s that was previously possible on my system.
The advantage with the i40e parts is that this offload is mostly
transparent as the hardware still deals with the inner and/or outer IPv4
headers so the IP ID is still incrementing for both when this offload is
performed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GCC 6 has a new warning which will display when you attempt to left
shift a signed value beyond the storage size of the type. I40E_MASK
generates a mask value for 32bit registers. Properly typecast the mask
value and place the values in parenthesis to prevent macro expansion
issues.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a device ID for X722.
Change-Id: I574f2345ab341de98a6a1c212d0603af853e48b0
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_release_rx_desc was in two files, but was only used
and needed in txrx.c. Get rid of the extra copy.
Change-Id: I86e18239aa03531fc198b6c052847475084a9200
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was all over the place using signed or unsigned types
for vf_id, when it should always be signed.
This fixes warnings of type unsafe comparisons from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I2cb681f83d0f68ca124d2e4131e4ac0d9f8a6b22
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Aggregate return warnings are when struct types are returned
and must be copied to the lvalue with a struct copy by the compiler.
This fixes warnings of type aggregate-return from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I896b1bf514544bf0faeb458869d79914b9f1b168
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have an uninitialized variable warning for valid_len for one case in
validate_vf_mesg. To fix this, just initialize it to 0 at the top of the
function and remove all of the now redundant assignments to 0 in the
individual cases.
Change-Id: Iacbd97f4c521ed8d662eef803a598d8707708cfd
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings. Since the VF still cannot change the RSS hash
settings, change the code to make this clear to the user. Previously,
the default settings were returned in this function. However, the
default can be changed by the PF so this does not make sense anymore.
Change-Id: I085eaf005fc7978b440d2a1bf2b2dd7cadaff39b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the code that implements the HMC AQ APIs and call these APIs.
This is done because these are obsolete APIs and are not supported
by firmware.
Change-ID: I5d771d8f37c3e16e7b0a972ff9b27e75aa2d05d4
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this change a non trusted VF can never fall to promiscuous
mode when there is no room for a MAC/VLAN filter.
Change-Id: I8a155aa25c0bcdc6093414920c9ade4ee0bd20e8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF is privileged/trusted it can do as it may please including
but not limited to hogging resources and playing unfair.
But if the VF is not privileged/trusted it still can add some number
(8) of MAC and VLAN addresses.
Other restrictions with respect to Port VLAN and normal VLAN still apply
to not privileged/trusted VF.
Change-Id: I3a9529201b184c8873e1ad2e300aff468c9e6296
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure a VF is not trusted/privileged until its explicitly
set for trust through the new NDO op interface.
Change-Id: I476385c290d2b4901d8fceb29de43546accdc499
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add necessary Linux Ethernet driver support for promiscuous mode
operation. Add a flag so the VF knows it is in promiscuous mode
and two state flags to discreetly track multicast and unicast
promiscuous states.
Change-Id: Ib2f2dc7a7582304fec90fc917ebb7ded21ba1de4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NFV use cases require the ability to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag
alone while being in promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC
addresses. These two new functions support that ability.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was offloading the VLAN tag into the skb
any time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was
enabled. Just check to make sure it's enabled before put_tag.
Change-Id: Ife95290c06edd9a616393b38679923938b382241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A mirror rule ID may be zero so do not return invalid parameter when the
user passes in a zero value for a rule ID.
Change-ID: I261b8c24725ce2c6ed32f859da81093dfcbe2970
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add device capability which defines if update is available and security
check is needed during update process.
Change-ID: I380787c878275e1df18b39198df3ee3666342282
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the PF driver reports proper support, allow the PF driver to
configure RSS on the behalf of the VF driver. This will allow for RSS
support on future hardware without changes to the VF driver.
Unfortunately, the old RSS code still needs to stay as the driver needs
to be compatible with PF drivers that don't support this interface. But
this change still simplifies the data structures a bunch and makes this
code simpler to read and maintain.
Change-ID: I0375aad40788ecdc0cb24d5cfeccf07804e69771
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To add a little flexibility to the nvmupdate facility, this code adds the
ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on after the Exec_AQ request.
Change-ID: Iddbfd63c3de8df3edb9d3e90678b08989bc4946e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A little bit of code cleanup in prep for more cloud filter work.
Change-ID: I0dc33ce0d4c207944336a07437640fef920c100c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances the driver remove function may be called before
the driver is fully initialized. So we can't assume that we know where
our towel is at, or that all of the data structures are initialized.
To ensure that we don't panic, check that the vsi_res pointer is valid
before dereferencing it. Then drink beer and eat peanuts.
Change-ID: If697b4db57348e39f9538793e16aa755e3e1af03
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs. This removes the
burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers, allowing for better future compatibility.
Change-ID: Icea75d3f37241ee8e447be5779e5abb53ddf04c0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the documentation it turns out enabling IPIP and SIT offloads
for i40e is pretty straightforward. As such I decided to enable them with
this patch. In my testing I am seeing an improvement of 8 to 10 Gb/s
for IPIP and SIT tunnels with this offload enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The feature flags list for i40e and i40evf is beginning to become pretty
massive. I plan to add another 4 or so features to these drivers and
duplicating the flags for each and every flags list is becoming a bit
repetitive.
The primary change here is that we now build our features list around
hw_encap_features. After that we assign that to vlan_features,
hw_features, and finally map that onto features. In addition we end up
throwing features onto hw_encap_features that end up having no effect such
as the Rx offloads and SCTP_CRC. However that should have no impact and
makes things a bit easier for us as hw_encap_features is one of the less
updated features maps available.
For i40evf I went through and sanity checked a few features as well.
Specifically RXCSUM was being set as a read-only feature which didn't make
much sense. I have updated things so we can clear the NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag
since that is really a software feature and not a hardware one anyway so
disabling it is just a matter of ignoring the result from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The newly added x550em_a support causes a link failure on ARM because of
an overly long time passed into udelay():
ERROR: "__bad_udelay" [drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko] undefined!
There are multiple variants of the ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_*() function,
and the other ones all use msleep(), so we can safely assume that all
callers are allowed to sleep, which makes msleep() a better replacement
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 49425dfc74 ("ixgbe: Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves API negotiation into mac_ops. The general idea here is
that with HyperV on the way we need to make certain that anything that will
have different versions between HyperV and a standard VF needs to be
abstracted enough so that we can have a separate function between the two
so we can avoid changes in one breaking something in the other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also cleanup a case where we're bit shifting a value into place, and use
an unsigned constant. Make use of the unsigned postfix in places where
BIT() macro is not appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make use of GENMASK instead of open coding the equivalent operation
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several areas of ixgbe were written before widespread usage of the
BIT(n) macro. With the impending release of GCC 6 and its associated new
warnings, some usages such as (1 << 31) have been noted within the ixgbe
driver source. Fix these wholesale and prevent future issues by simply
using BIT macro instead of hand coded bit shifts.
Also fix a few shifts that are shifting values into place by using the
'u' prefix to indicate unsigned. It doesn't strictly matter in these
cases because we're not shifting by too large a value, but these are all
unsigned values and should be indicated as such.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some systems that crosstalk could lead to link flap
on empty SFP+ cages. A new NVM bit was defined to let SW know it
needs to implement the work around which consists of verifying that
there is a module in the cage before acting on the LSC.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Somehow the wrong fc_setup function was used for x550em_a, so
correct that. Also set setup_link to NULL as its value is
determined later, just like it is with X550EM_x.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement per-queue statistics for packets, bytes and busy poll
specific counters.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This brings the logic closer to how we handle the stats in ixgbe and it
sets us up for introducing per-queue stats.
Use IXGBEVF_STAT and IXGBEVF_NETDEV_STAT for accessing the driver and
netdev stats respectively. This way we don't have to calculate the
stats based on register values which could lead to the counters not
being initialized properly when the interface is down.
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is set to include the number of queues.
Also some defines were renamed to use the IXGBEVF prefix.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read. This is needed when slower links
are in use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This field is used to record the RX queue index for a redirect action
passed via ring_cookie field in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec which is
a u64 value.
For ex: after adding a filter rule to redirect to a VF using ethtool
# echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
# ethtool -N p4p1 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 action 0x100000000
querying for the rule shows the Action as 'Direct to queue 0'
# ethtool -n p4p1
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 2045
Rule Type: Raw IPv4
Src IP addr: 192.168.0.1 mask: 0.0.0.0
Dest IP addr: 0.0.0.0 mask: 255.255.255.255
TOS: 0x0 mask: 0xff
Protocol: 0 mask: 0xff
L4 bytes: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffff
VLAN EtherType: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
VLAN: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
User-defined: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffffffffffff
Action: Direct to queue 0
With this fix, ethtool will report the right queue index even for VFs.
Action: Direct to queue 4294967296
Here 4294967296 corresponds to 0x100000000.
We need to update 'ethtool' to report the queue index as a Hex value so
that it is more user friendly and matches with the 'action' value that
is passed when adding the rule.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550EM_a/x did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link which
was causing link issues for backplane devices.
This patch sets mac->ops.setup_link to ixgbe_setup_mac_link_X540 for
X550EM_a/x which is also default for X550. This will result in
mac->ops.setup_link calling the link setup function for the respective
PHY type in case we do not need a special function to deal with it.
Reported-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the PF driver would only set VLAN spoof checking if
the VF had created VLANs. This was done by setting and checking
a counter (vlan_count) whenever a VLAN was created by the VF.
However it is possible for the vlan_count to be !=0 while there are
no VLANs assigned to the VF due to the count incrementing every
time a VLAN 0 is added on ifdown/up, which resulted in VLAN spoofing
always being set for those VFs.
This patch cleans up the logic by unconditionally setting VLAN based on
how the VF is configured (via ip link set ethX vf Y spoofchk on/off).
This change also resolves an issue where the VLAN spoofing can remain
set even after being disabled by the user due to the driver enabling
VLAN spoof checking every time a VLAN is added to the VF, but would
only allow changes in the setting if vlan_count != 0.
Also default_vf_vlan_id and vlans_enabled were removed from the
vf_data_storage structure since they are not being used in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Consolidate the logic behind configuring spoof checking:
Move the setting of the MAC, VLAN and Ethertype spoof checking into
ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk().
Change ixgbe_set_mac_anti_spoofing() to set MAC spoofing per VF similar
to the VLAN and Ethertype functions - this allows us to call the helper
functions in ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk() for all spoof check types and
only disable MAC spoof checking when creating MACVLAN.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_get_rx_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fm10k_open requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum offload
can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected cases. This was
originally discovered in ixgbe.
Reported-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update every header file and other locations to consistently use
Intel(R) instead of just Intel. Also update copyright year of files
which we modified.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When writing a new default redirection table, we needed to populate
a new RSS table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default. We populated this
table into a region of memory allocated using kcalloc, but never checked
this for NULL. Fix this by moving the default table generation into
fm10k_write_reta. If this function is passed a table, use it. Otherwise,
generate the default table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default, 4 at at
time.
Fixes: 0ea7fae440 ("fm10k: use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default for default redirection table")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Deleting lport when multicast mode is configured to
FM10K_XCAST_MODE_ALLMULTI or FM10K_XCAST_MODE_PROMISC will result in
generating orphaned multicast-group entries in the switch manager.
Before deleting the lport, reset multicast mode to FM10K_XCAST_MODE_NONE
to flush out these multicast-group entries.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original comment may be read incorrectly as referring to checking
the *entire* length is zero. However, it merely checks only the reserved
bits of both length and reserved in a small amount of code. Update the
comment to indicate this is a clever trick and clearly spell out that it
only checks the reserve bits.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new #define FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE even though we're using the exact
same bit. The reason for this is clarity in the code, otherwise you can
read FM10K_VLAN_CLEAR and think it should be removed. Also add a comment
explaining why the FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The diagram represents bit layout of the multi-bit VLAN update message
format. Typically these diagrams are drawn using some power of 2 as the
base, to more easily grasp where fields split. Although the numbers
above can make it somewhat easy to understand which bit you're looking
at, it makes the break points not line up. Re-draw the numbers using
base 8, and mark the bit values every 8 bits at the top. This should
make it more easy to grasp the table quickly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_tlv_parse_attr is supposed to return FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED for any
TLV who's attribute id lies outside the range of results. It does not do
this today. In addition, the documentation does not indicate that other
attributes which are not implemented for a given TLV will be silently
ignored. Fix this. Clean up the logic so that we don't rely on the fact
that FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED is greater than zero, as this can easily
cause confusion.
A future extension could look into some way of reporting unknown TLVs
in order to make issues more easily discoverable. We can't just return
FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED here because we don't want to drop the entire
message if it has an unknown TLV.
While here, update the copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_io_error_detected() does not need to call pci_disable_device(). In
the cases where the reset needs to occur, the stack flow will result in
calling fm10k_remove() which already disables the PCI device. If we
leave the pci_disable_device(), we result in a warning about disabling
an already disabled device.
Many PCI drivers do call pci_disable_device() in their .error_detected()
routines, but it does not appear to be required. In addition, these
drivers have a check "is_pci_enabled()" call in their remove routines,
which is how they chose to handle the duplicate device disable.
This seems incorrect, since the PCI device structure is reference
counted. It is very possible that the reference count for the PCI device
could be greater than 1. In this case, you would remove the PCI device
within the error_detected routine, reducing count to 1, then remove it
again in the remove function, reducing it to zero. This would result in
yet another disable somewhere else failing. Thus, we shouldn't be using
is_pci_enabled() to check for this issue. Instead, just remove the
extraneous pci_device_disable() found within the error_detected routine.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, any error responses from the switch manager after an
LPORT_MAP request are silently ignored. At most the mailbox message will
be reported as an error. This can result in unexpected behavior when the
switch manager has configured a port with zero bandwidth. Add support
for reading the fm10k_swapi_error structure from LPORT_MAP responses.
If the message contains the necessary TLV and has a non-zero error code,
report link down, clear the dglort_map, and delay the next
get_host_state call by a reasonable delay. Also log an error message
indicating that the LPORT_MAP request failed.
The delay ensures preventing an interrupt storm on the switch manager,
and reduces the number of mailbox messages we send in this scenario
drastically.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multicast mode checking is no longer a requirement to perform unicast
and multicast address syncs. Specifically, a device operating in
promiscuous and/or all multicast mode is not excluded. The issue occurs
when the netdev is pre-configured to either multicast mode and is
enabled for the first time. The multicast-group table in the Switch
Manager will be missing obvious multicast entries associated to this
netdev.
Changes were also made to disallow unicast and multicast syncs with
VLAN 0. The Switch Manager considers VLAN 0 to be an invalid entry.
Requests with VLAN 0 by the netdev are only generated when the driver is
freshly installed and the default VID is not set.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 1588 support within fm10k does not work correctly with the current
version of the switch management software, and likely never worked
correctly to begin with. Remove support for PTP/1588. Update copyright
year for all these files while we're touching them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During an AER action response, we were calling fm10k_close without
holding the rtnl_lock() which could lead to possible RCU warnings being
produced due to 64bit stat updates among other causes. Similarly, we
need rtnl_lock() around fm10k_open during fm10k_io_resume. Follow the
same pattern elsewhere in the driver and protect the entire open/close
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use DRV_SUMMARY, similar to DRV_VERSION so that we don't have to
duplicate the driver summary in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for fm10k and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for fm10k in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes an (ab)use of the ethtool stats API, which could
result in corrupt memory or misleading stat output. The ethtool stats
API is not robust enough to handle varying number of statistics due to
how it requests the size and allocates memory. Remove the poorly conceived
support originally added for extra debug statistics. In the future,
a new stats API may open up the ability to display these statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VF uses a multi-bit update request to clear unused VLANs whenever it
resets. However, an accident in a previous refector broke multi-bit
updates for VFs, due to misreading a comment in fm10k_vf.c and
attempting to reduce code duplication. The problem occurs because
a multi-bit request has a non-zero length, and the PF would simply drop
any request with the upper 16 bits set.
We can't simply remove the check of the upper 16 bits and the call to
fm10k_iov_select vid, because this would remove the checks for default
VID and for ensuring no other VLANs can be enabled except pf_vid when it
has been set. To resolve that issue, this revision uses the
iov_select_vid when we have a single-bit update, and denies any
multi-bit update when the VLAN was administratively set by the PF. This
should be ok since the PF properly updates VLAN_TABLE when it assigns
the PF vid. This ensures that requests to add or remove the PF vid work
as expected, but a rogue VF could not use the multi-bit update as
a loophole to attempt receiving traffic on other VLANs.
Reported-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses a bug introduced based on my interpretation of the
XL710 datasheet. Specifically section 8.4.1 states that "A single transmit
packet may span up to 8 buffers (up to 8 data descriptors per packet
including both the header and payload buffers)." It then later goes on to
say that each segment for a TSO obeys the previous rule, however it then
refers to TSO header and the segment payload buffers.
I believe the actual limit for fragments with TSO and a skbuff that has
payload data in the header portion of the buffer is actually only 7
fragments as the skb->data portion counts as 2 buffers, one for the TSO
header, and one for a segment payload buffer.
Fixes: 2d37490b82 ("i40e/i40evf: Rewrite logic for 8 descriptor per packet check")
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe version number.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a-based KR backplane devices.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for an SGMII backplane interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for SFPs with an external retimer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move code that controls MDIO speed into a new function because
there will be more MACs that need the control.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the IXGBE_NW_MNG_IF_SEL register and use it to set interface
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the instance number from EEPROM and save it for later use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now x550em_a devices will use a new method for PHY access that will
get the firmware token for each access.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type to the ixgbe driver. The new
MAC includes new firmware commands that need to be used to control
PHY and IOSF access, so that support is also added. The interface
supported is a native SFP+ interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Provide method pointers and use them to access IOSF-attached
devices. A new MAC will introduce a new access method.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add definitions for a x550em_a 10G MAC device with a native SFP
interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for a single-port X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for ixgbevf and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for ixgbe and ixgbevf in the hopes of
avoiding any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to take the manageability semaphore when issuing firmware
commands to avoid problems. With this in place, the semaphore is
no longer taken in the ixgbe_set_fw_drv_ver_generic function, since
it will now always be taken by the ixgbe_host_interface_command
function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the interface for issuing firmware commands to use a
void * instead of a u32 *. This eliminates a number of casts.
Also clean up ixgbe_host_interface_command in a few other ways,
eliminating comparisons with 0, redundant parens and minor
formatting issues.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbe_host_interface_command actually uses a multiple
of word sized buffer to do its business, but only checks against
the actual length passed in. This means that on read operations it
could be possible to modify locations beyond the length passed in.
Change the check to round up in the same way, just to avoid any
possible hazard.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the lan_id and func fields only ever hold small values, make
them u8 to avoid casts used to silence warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed the SRAMREL registers are not referenced for any device,
so delete the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-06
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb and Kconfig.
Alex fixes igb where we were casting the MAC address as __beXX and then
passing it into le32_to_cpu, when we could simply cast as __lexx to
maintain consistency since it is already little endian. Then enabled
bulk free in transmit cleanup for igb.
John Holland enables igb to pickup the MAC address from a device tree
blob when CONFIG_OF has been enabled.
Doron Shikmoni fixes a bug in the output of "ethtool -m ethX" where
the data byte appeared duplicated.
Stefan fixes up e1000 and e1000e ethtool offline tests which were calling
dev_close() which causes IFF_UP to be cleared which removes teh interface
routes and some addresses, so use ndo_stop() instead.
Jiri Benc cleans up some old links in the Kconfig for Intel drivers where
we referred to a URL which is no longer valid. I am so glad Jiri has the
time in his day to spend clicking on and testing all the URL links in the
the kernel.
Arika Chen reverts the addition of a 'rtnl_unlock()' which had a unmatched
'rtnl_lock()' call before it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3eb14ea8d9 ("igb: Fix a deadlock in
igb_sriov_reinit")
It is the same as commit f468adc944 ("igb: missing rtnl_unlock in
igb_sriov_reinit()")
There is no rtnl_lock() in igb_resume before, rtnl_unlock will cause a
deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Arika Chen <arika.chen@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kconfig for Intel NICs references two different URLs for the "Adapter
& Driver ID Guide". Neither of those two links works. The current URL seems
to be
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/ethernet-products/000005584.html
but given it's apparently constantly changing, there's no point in having it
in the help text.
Just keep a generic pointer to http://support.intel.com. Hopefully, this one
will have a longer live. It still works, at least.
Furthermore, remove a link to "the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for
Linux", this has no place in the mainline kernel and the latest Linux driver
it offers is from 2006, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correctly set the VLAN feature flags after setting the rest of the
netdev flags. And don't set them in hw_features, because these can't be
controlled by the VF driver.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add defines for input set mask (RSS, flow director, flexible payload),
including defines specific to IPv6.
Change-ID: Ie95ef7d0916a4d6ca011c194283f959774c8dce9
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The logic that checks AQ events for NVM done events is better kept
in nvm.c with the rest of the nvmupdate handling code.
Change-ID: I2ea58980df8ecaa3726b28a37bff3dfcb8df03dc
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add opcodes and structures to support RSS configuration by PF driver on
behalf of the VF drivers. This reduces complexity in the VF driver and
allows us to support future hardware designs without modifying the VF
driver.
Change-ID: I8c75765c630eacb71f95967f1109a198542593ac
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM update status info should stay collected together, not
spread across different structs.
Change-ID: Ic16f9e9fd79945d865bb7226184c889884585025
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VFs can request their queues to be set up into polling mode, rather
than interrupt mode, which works well for supporting things like DPDK,
but this should not be available when working in an multi-function
support device.
Change-ID: Id36792e4e7422db8f2033336507211f68f14ff6f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds hook to support changing a VF from not-trusted
to trusted and vice-versa. Fixed the wrappers and function prototype.
Changed the dmesg to reflex the current state better. This patch also
disables turning on/off trusted VF in MFP mode.
Change-ID: Ibcd910935c01f0be1f3fdd6d427230291ee92ebe
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As it turns out, calling into other files from hot path hurts
performance a lot. In this case the majority of the time we
call "check FCoE" and the packet is *not* FCoE, but this call
was taking 5% of our total cycles spent on receive.
Change-ID: I080552c26e7060bc7b78504dc2763f6f0b3d8c76
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the tx_ring arguments can be deleted since they are not used.
Change-ID: I99275b0f191d7f63ec2f05061919904940c36f31
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A local variable could move down inside the context where it is used.
Change-ID: I9caba9e1eacf921037077f2665cbce83fd8e95d6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves the HW flush routine to the end of the reset flow,
after the completion of writing to the device VFLR registers- the
benefit is to avoid problems in the passthrough routines.
Change-ID: Ieb56866f21895e6c1fc514b7328c3df79807a57c
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't set our internal debug_mask at startup unless we get specific signal
to from the debug module parameter.
This should take care of the issue with all the device capabilities getting
printed even when we hadn't asked for the debug info.
Change-ID: I7fbc6bd8b11ed9b0631ec018ff36015a04100b6c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Garbled output for "ethtool -m ethX", in igb-driven NICs with module /
plugin EEPROM (i.e. SFP information). Each output data byte appears
duplicated.
In igb_ethtool.c, igb_get_module_eeprom() is reading the EEPROM via i2c;
the eeprom offset for each word that's read via igb_read_phy_reg_i2c()
was passed in #words, whereas it needs to be a byte offset.
This patches fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Doron Shikmoni <doron.shikmoni@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Intel i211 LOM PCIe Ethernet controllers' iNVM operates as an OTP
and has no external EEPROM interface [1]. The following allows the
driver to pickup the MAC address from a device tree blob when CONFIG_OF
has been enabled.
[1]
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/embedded/products/networking/i211-ethernet-controller-datasheet.html
Signed-off-by: John Holland <jotihojr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for igb and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for igb in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were casting the addr as __beXX and then passing it into le32_to_cpu
because the device expects the MAC address to be in network order even
though the register set is little endian. Instead of casting it as __beXX
we can just cast it as __leXX in order to maintain consistency since the
region of memory is already in little endian order as far as we are
concerned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With IPv4 and IPv6 now using the same format for checksums based on the
length of the frame we need to update the i40e and i40evf drivers so that
they correctly account for lengths greater than or equal to 64K.
With this patch the driver should now correctly update checksums for frames
up to 16776960 in length which should be more than large enough for all
possible TSO frames in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the Media Not Available flag to the link event mask. It seems
that event comes first if you have a DA cable pulled out, but there's no
follow-up event for Link Down; if you're not looking for MEDIA_NA you will
get no event, even though there's now no Link.
Change-ID: cb3340a2849805bb881f64f6f2ae810eef46eba7
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These conditions can happen any time VFs are enabled or disabled and are
not really indicative of fatal problems unless they happen continuously.
Lower the log level so that people don't get scared.
Change-ID: I1ceb4adbd10d03cbeed54d1f5b7f20d60328351d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
100baseT/Full is now listed and supported link mode for 10GBaseT PHY.
This is a fix to list all the supported link modes of 10GBaseT PHY.
Change-ID: If2be3212ef0fef85fd5d6e4550c7783de2f915e9
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were passing in the seed where we should just be passing false
because we want the VSI table not the pf table.
Change-ID: I9b633ab06eb59468087f0c0af8539857e99f9495
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Periodic link polling was added when the link events were found not to be
trustworthy. This was the case early on, but was likely because the link
event mask was being used incorrectly. As this has been fixed in recent
code, we can disable the link polling to lessen the AQ traffic.
Change-ID: Id890b5ee3c2d04381fc76ffa434777644f5d8eb0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upon module remove, wait a little longer after requesting a reset before
checking to see if the firmware responded. This change prevents double
resets when the firmware is busy.
Change-ID: Ieedc988ee82fac1f32a074bf4d9e4dba426bfa58
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit immediately after triggering a reset instead of
waiting until after cleanup is complete. Make sure to trigger a reset
every time, not just if the PF is up.
These changes fix a problem where VF resets would get lost by the PF,
preventing the VF driver from initializing.
Change-ID: I5945cf2884095b7b0554867c64df8617e71d9d29
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new device ID is 0x37D3 and it should follow the same flows and
branding string as for 0x37D0.
Change-ID: Ia5ad4a1910268c4666a3fd46a7afffbec55b4fc2
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users of ethtool were being given the mistaken impression that this
driver was able to change its VLAN tagging features, and were
disappointed that this was not actually the case. Implement
ndo_fix_features method so that we can adjust these flags as needed to
avoid false impressions.
Change-ID: I08584f103a4fa73d6a4128d472e4ef44dcfda57f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This variable is vestigial, a remnant of the primordial code from which
this driver spawned. We can safely remove it.
Change-ID: I24e0fe338e7c7c50d27dc5515564f33caefbb93a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables the Capability for XL710/X710 devices with FW API
version higher than 1.4 to do geneve Rx offload.
Change-ID: I9a8f87772c48d7d67dc85e3701d2e0b845034c0b
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
active_vlans is an unsigned long array, hence a null check on this
array is superfluous and can be removed.
Detected with static analysis by smatch:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:386
i40e_dbg_dump_vsi_seid() warn: this array is probably
non-NULL. 'vsi->active_vlans'
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 82544 has code that adds one additional descriptor per data buffer.
However we weren't taking that into account when determining the descriptors
needed for the next transmit at the end of the xmit_frame path.
This change takes that into account by doubling the number of descriptors
needed for the 82544 so that we can avoid a potential issue where we could
hang the Tx ring by loading frames with xmit_more enabled and then stopping
the ring without writing the tail.
In addition it adds a few more descriptors to account for some additional
workarounds that have been added over time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current code path is capable of grossly overestimating the number of
descriptors needed to transmit a new frame. This specifically occurs if
the skb contains a number of 4K pages. The issue is that the logic for
determining the descriptors needed is ((S) >> (X)) + 1. When X is 12 it
means that we were indicating that we required 2 descriptors for each 4K
page when we only needed one.
This change corrects this by instead adding (1 << (X)) - 1 to the S value
instead of adding 1 after the fact. This way we get an accurate descriptor
needed count as we are essentially doing a DIV_ROUNDUP().
Reported-by: Ivan Suzdal <isuzdal@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was an error introduced with commit 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is
on the IOSF bus and does not report the PCI bus info"), where code was
added but the enabling flag is never set.
CC: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
CC: Stefan Assman <sassman@redhat.com>
Fixes: 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is on the IOSF bus ...")
Reported-by: Steve Best <sbest@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Stefan converts dev_close() to ndo_stop() for ethtool offline self test,
since dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interface routes and addresses.
Alex bumps up the size of the transmit data buffer to 12K rather than 8K,
which provides a gain in throughput and a reduction in overhead for
putting together the frame. Fixed an issue in the polling routines where
we were using bitwise operators to avoid the side effects of the
logical operators. Then added support for bulk transmit clean for skbs.
Jesse fixed a sparse issue in the type casting in the transmit code and
fixed i40e_aq_set_phy_debug() to use i40e_status as a return code.
Catherine cleans up duplicated code.
Shannon fixed the cleaning up of the interrupt handling to clean up the
IRQs only if we actually got them set up. Also fixed up the error
scenarios where we were trying to remove a non-existent timer or
worktask, which causes the kernel heartburn.
Mitch changes the notification of resets to the reset interrupt handler,
instead of the actual reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get
properly notified for all resets, including resets initiated by different
PFs on the same physical device. Also moved the clearing of VFLR bit
after reset processing, instead of before which could lead to double
resets on VF init. Fixed code comment to match the actual function name.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fm10k driver used its own code for generating a default indirection
table on device load, which was not the same as the default generated by
ethtool when indir_size of 0 is passed to SRXFH. Take advantage of
ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() and simplify code to write the redirection
table to reduce some code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
s/funciton/function to resolve a typo, and cleanup grammar on a few
comments regarding processing the VF mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'attr_flag < (1 << (2 * FM10K_TEST_MSG_NESTED))' is ever false, err
will be used uninitialized.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability. Skip handling of the per-queue stats as these will be
reworked in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During fm10k_io_error_detected we were clearing the interrupt scheme
before we freed the MBX IRQ. This causes a kernel panic because the MBX
IRQ are assigned after MSI-X initialization. Clearing the interrupt
scheme results in removing the MSI-X entry table. Fix this by freeing
the MBX IRQ before we clear the interrupt scheme, as we do elsewhere in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_stop_hw_generic calls fm10k_disable_queues_generic, which may
return an error code indicating that the queues were not stopped within
the time limit. Notify the user by displaying a message in the kernel
message ring, in a similar way to how we notify the user when reset_hw
fails. There isn't much we can do to recover from this error, so
currently nothing else is done.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In fm10k_set_num_queues, we previously assigned the base template. This
would always be overwritten by either fm10k_set_qos_queues or
fm10k_set_rss_queues. In either case, we don't need the base values, so
we can just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the C standard dereferencing a variable before it is
checked invokes undefined behavior, and thus compilers are free to
assume the check for NULL isn't necessary. Prevent this by re-ordering
the NULL check of msix_entries in fm10k_free_mbx_irq.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cleanup the remaining instances of using memcpy() instead of the preferred
ether_addr_copy().
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to crash the kernel in this instance so just warn about the
condition and play on.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use BIT() macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The semantic patch that makes this change is available
in scripts/coccinelle/misc/compare_const_fl.cocci.
More information about semantic patching is available at
http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor correction in the comment to reflect the correct function name
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the driver happens to read a register during the time in which the
device is undergoing reset, it will receive a value of 0xdeadbeef
instead of a valid value. Unfortunately, the driver may misinterpret
this as a valid value, especially if it's just looking for individual
bits.
Add an explicit check for this value when we are looking for admin queue
errors, and trigger reset recovery if we find it.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no real error in an unknown event from the Firmware, we're just
posting a useful FYI notice, so this patch simply removes the "Error" word.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit after reset processing, instead of before. This
prevents double resets on VF init.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Notify VFs in the reset interrupt handler, instead of the actual
reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get properly notified for
all resets, including resets initiated by different PFs on the same
physical device.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some error scenarios, we may find ourselves trying to remove a
non-existent timer or worktask. This causes the kernel some bit
of consternation, so don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When dropping into debug mode in a failed probe, make sure that
the AdminQ is left alive for possible hand debug of driver and
firmware states.
Move the mutex_init calls earlier in probe so that if init fails,
the admin queue interface is still available for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When cleaning up the interrupt handling, clean up the IRQs only if
we actually got them set up. There are a couple of error recovery
paths that were violating this and causing the kernel a bit of
indigestion.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_common.c typically uses i40e_status as a return code,
but got missed this one case.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When updating a VSI, save off the number of allocated and unallocated
VSIs as we do when adding a VSI.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the duplicate definition of I40E_MAX_USER_PRIORITY
in i40e.h that is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simple cast to fix a sparse warning.
Fixes: commit 5453205cd0 ("i40e/i40evf: Enable support for
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk Tx clean for skbs. In order to enable it we need
to pass the napi_budget value as that is used to determine if we are truly
running in NAPI mode or if we are simply calling the routine from netpoll
with a budget of 0. In order to avoid adding too many more variables I
thought it best to pass the VSI directly in a fashion similar to what we do
on igb and ixgbe with the q_vector.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the polling routines for i40e and i40evf we were using bitwise operators
to avoid the side effects of the logical operators, specifically the fact
that if the first case is true with "||" we skip the second case, or if it
is false with "&&" we skip the second case. This fixes an earlier patch
that converted the bitwise operators over to the logical operators and
instead replaces the entire thing with just an if statement since it should
be more readable what we are trying to do this way.
Fixes: 1a36d7fadd ("i40e/i40evf: use logical operators, not bitwise")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The only error case is when the malloc fails, in which case the clean up
loop does nothing at all, so remove it
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
From what I can tell the practical limitation on the size of the Tx data
buffer is the fact that the Tx descriptor is limited to 14 bits. As such
we cannot use 16K as is typically used on the other Intel drivers. However
artificially limiting ourselves to 8K can be expensive as this means that
we will consume up to 10 descriptors (1 context, 1 for header, and 9 for
payload, non-8K aligned) in a single send.
I propose that we can reduce this by increasing the maximum data for a 4K
aligned block to 12K. We can reduce the descriptors used for a 32K aligned
block by 1 by increasing the size like this. In addition we still have the
4K - 1 of space that is still unused. We can use this as a bit of extra
padding when dealing with data that is not aligned to 4K.
By aligning the descriptors after the first to 4K we can improve the
efficiency of PCIe accesses as we can avoid using byte enables and can fetch
full TLP transactions after the first fetch of the buffer. This helps to
improve PCIe efficiency. Below is the results of testing before and after
with this patch:
Recv Send Send Utilization Service Demand
Socket Socket Message Elapsed Send Recv Send Recv
Size Size Size Time Throughput local remote local remote
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s % S % U us/KB us/KB
Before:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 33682.24 20.27 -1.00 0.592 -1.00
After:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 34204.08 20.54 -1.00 0.590 -1.00
So the net result of this patch is that we have a small gain in throughput
due to a reduction in overhead for putting together the frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can use the ethtool rx-vlan-filter flag to
toggle Rx VLAN filtering on and off. This is basically just an extension
of the existing VLAN promisc work in that it just adds support for the
additional ethtool flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added support to match on UDP fields in the transport layer.
Extended core logic to support multiple headers.
Verified with the following filters :
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
u32 ht 1: order 2 \
match tcp src 1024 ffff match tcp dst 23 ffff action drop
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 3 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 17 ff
u32 ht 2: order 4 \
match udp src 1025 ffff match udp dst 24 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some HW that a system reset could occur when we are
holding the SWFW semaphore lock. So next time the driver was loaded we
would see it incorrectly as locked. This patch will recover from that state
by: Attempting to acquire the semaphore and then regardless of whether or
not it was acquire we immediately release it. This will force us into
a known good state.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit adds a callback which allows to adjust the maximum transmit
bitrate the card can output. This makes it possible to get a smooth
traffic instead of the default burst-y behaviour when trying to output
e.g. a video stream.
Much of the logic needed to get a correct bcnrc_val was taken from the
ixgbe_set_vf_rate_limit() function.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Pehlivanov <atomnuker@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Xeon D KR backplane is different from other backplanes,
in that we can't use auto-negotiation to determine the
mode. Instead, use whatever the user configured.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the ixgbevf driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers. In
the case of the VF drivers this meant adding support for SCTP CRCs, and
inner checksum offloads for MPLS and various tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the ixgbe driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit converts commit c762dff24c ("ixgbe: Look up MAC address in
Open Firmware or IDPROM") to use eth_platform_get_mac_address()
added by commit c7f5d10549 ("net: Add eth_platform_get_mac_address()
helper.")
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The source for the ops structure contents are const, so make them
so. Copy them in place with structure assignments instead of memcpys.
Make the mbx_ops accessed by reference instead of making a copy of
the source structure. Update copyright date on the touched files.
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were adding VLAN 0 twice each time we restored the VLAN configuration.
Instead of doing it twice we can just start working through the active
VLANs from ID 1 on and skip the double write.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While doing the work on igb I realized there were a few cases where we were
still adding VLANs to the VLVF entries for the PF when they were not
needed. This patch cleans that up so that the only time we add a PF entry
to the VLVF is either for VLAN 0 or if the PF has requested a VLAN that a VF
is already using.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running certain routing protocols like VRRP, VF guests need the
ability to set the unicast address of the interface. Extend the new ndo
trust feature to let the hypervisor trust a guest to set/update its own
unicast address.
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <3chas3@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the reset flags to adapter->state in order to make use of bit
operations.
This is an alternative patch to the one previously submitted by
John Greene.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reported-by: Scott Otto <otts62@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: John Greene <jogreene@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It seem to be non intentionally changed to Tx in
commit adc810900a ("ixgbe: Refactor busy poll socket code to address
multiple issues")
Lock is taken from ixgbe_low_latency_recv, and there under this
lock we use ixgbe_clean_rx_irq so it looks wrong for me to increment
Tx counter.
Yield stats can be shown through ethtool:
ethtool -S enp129s0 | grep yield
Signed-off-by: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix support for 16 bit source/dest port matches in ixgbe model.
u32 uses a single 32-bit key value for both source and destination ports
starting at offset 0. So replace the 2 functions with a single function
that takes this key value/mask to program both source and dest ports.
Verified with the following filter:
#tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:10 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 1024 ffff match tcp dst 80 ffff action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:11 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 1025 ffff action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1:0:12 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp dst 81 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the incorrect check for mask in ixgbe_configure_clsu32 and
drop the 'mask' field that is not required in struct ixgbe_mat_field
Verified with the following filters:
#tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 10.0.0.1/8 match ip src 10.0.0.2/8 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 11.0.0.1/16 match ip src 11.0.0.2/16 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:3 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 12.0.0.1/24 match ip src 12.0.0.2/24 action drop
#tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:4 u32 ht 800: \
match ip dst 13.0.0.1/32 match ip src 13.0.0.2/32 action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check for handle ids when adding/deleting hash nodes OR adding/deleting
filter entries and limit them to max number of links or header nodes
supported(IXGBE_MAX_LINK_HANDLE).
Start from bit 0 when setting hash table bit-map.(adapter->tables)
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function is only used in ixgbe_main.c
Resolves a "missing prototype" warning when building the driver with W=1
Reported-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return error when a MAC address change is rejected by the PF.
This will prevent the user from modifying the MAC address when
that operation is not permitted.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use udelay instead of usleep_range because this can be called while
a lock is held.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ATR code was assuming that it would be able to use tcp_hdr for
every TCP frame that came through. However this isn't the case as it
is possible for a frame to arrive that is TCP but sent through something
like a raw socket. As a result the driver was setting up bad filters in
which tcp_hdr was really pointing to the network header so the data was
all invalid.
In order to correct this I have added a bit of parsing logic that will
determine the TCP header location based off of the network header and
either the offset in the case of the IPv4 header, or a walk through the
IPv6 extension headers until it encounters the header that indicates
IPPROTO_TCP. In addition I have added checks to verify that the lowest
protocol provided is recognized as IPv4 or IPv6 to help mitigate raw
sockets using ETH_P_ALL from having ATR applied to them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VXLAN port number should be stored in network order instead of in host
order as it is accessed from the hot-path in ATR. This way we can avoid
having to do any byte swaps in order to validate the port number.
I moved the vxlan_port value into a hole in the read-mostly region of the
adapter struct. This way it should be in a warm cache-line instead of in
some isolated region in memory when it needs to be accessed.
In addition I went through and stripped a bunch of unneeded ifdef flags
since having an extra variable present doesn't really hurt anything and
makes the code easier to read. I also went through and dropped the
NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag which was being set in hw_encap_features but provides
no value as the flag is not evaluated in the Rx path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
commit c9f53e63c2 ("ixgbe: Refactor MAC address configuration code")
introduced code that doesn't set HW register RAR0 to default mac address
but FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF. Due to this, ixgbe HW discards all incoming packets
that doesn't have destination mac address equals to FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF.
This commit sets RAR0 correctly to default HW mac address.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects
the net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular interest
here is that we have left the driver in staging since it still has an
API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix, but getting
these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream and Intel's
trees were over 300 patches apart.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=t2Ko
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"Round two of 4.6 merge window patches.
This is a monster pull request. I held off on the hfi1 driver updates
(the hfi1 driver is intimately tied to the qib driver and the new
rdmavt software library that was created to help both of them) in my
first pull request. The hfi1/qib/rdmavt update is probably 90% of
this pull request. The hfi1 driver is being left in staging so that
it can be fixed up in regards to the API that Al and yourself didn't
like. Intel has agreed to do the work, but in the meantime, this
clears out 300+ patches in the backlog queue and brings my tree and
their tree closer to sync.
This also includes about 10 patches to the core and a few to mlx5 to
create an infrastructure for configuring SRIOV ports on IB devices.
That series includes one patch to the net core that we sent to netdev@
and Dave Miller with each of the three revisions to the series. We
didn't get any response to the patch, so we took that as implicit
approval.
Finally, this series includes Intel's new iWARP driver for their x722
cards. It's not nearly the beast as the hfi1 driver. It also has a
linux-next merge issue, but that has been resolved and it now passes
just fine.
Summary:
- A few minor core fixups needed for the next patch series
- The IB SRIOV series. This has bounced around for several versions.
Of note is the fact that the first patch in this series effects the
net core. It was directed to netdev and DaveM for each iteration
of the series (three versions total). Dave did not object, but did
not respond either. I've taken this as permission to move forward
with the series.
- The new Intel X722 iWARP driver
- A huge set of updates to the Intel hfi1 driver. Of particular
interest here is that we have left the driver in staging since it
still has an API that people object to. Intel is working on a fix,
but getting these patches in now helps keep me sane as the upstream
and Intel's trees were over 300 patches apart"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (362 commits)
IB/ipoib: Allow mcast packets from other VFs
IB/mlx5: Implement callbacks for manipulating VFs
net/mlx5_core: Implement modify HCA vport command
net/mlx5_core: Add VF param when querying vport counter
IB/ipoib: Add ndo operations for configuring VFs
IB/core: Add interfaces to control VF attributes
IB/core: Support accessing SA in virtualized environment
IB/core: Add subnet prefix to port info
IB/mlx5: Fix decision on using MAD_IFC
net/core: Add support for configuring VF GUIDs
IB/{core, ulp} Support above 32 possible device capability flags
IB/core: Replace setting the zero values in ib_uverbs_ex_query_device
net/mlx5_core: Introduce offload arithmetic hardware capabilities
net/mlx5_core: Refactor device capability function
net/mlx5_core: Fix caching ATOMIC endian mode capability
ib_srpt: fix a WARN_ON() message
i40iw: Replace the obsolete crypto hash interface with shash
IB/hfi1: Add SDMA cache eviction algorithm
IB/hfi1: Switch to using the pin query function
IB/hfi1: Specify mm when releasing pages
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.
2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.
4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
of incoming TCP/UDP connections. The muxing can be done using a
BPF program which hashes the incoming packet. From Craig Gallek.
5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
interface. BPF programs can be used to determine the message
boundaries. From Tom Herbert.
6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
with lots of configured addresses. We were doing things like
traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
well.
8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.
9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
ixgbe, from John Fastabend.
10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
from Kan Liang.
11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
From David Decotigny.
12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
(ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
level attributes as a whole. From Jiri Pirko.
13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.
14) Add "Local Checksum Offload". Basically, for a tunneled packet
the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
of that in various ways. From Edward Cree"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
net: fix a comment typo
ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
...
The success of CMA allocation largely depends on the success of
migration and key factor of it is page reference count. Until now, page
reference is manipulated by direct calling atomic functions so we cannot
follow up who and where manipulate it. Then, it is hard to find actual
reason of CMA allocation failure. CMA allocation should be guaranteed
to succeed so finding offending place is really important.
In this patch, call sites where page reference is manipulated are
converted to introduced wrapper function. This is preparation step to
add tracepoint to each page reference manipulation function. With this
facility, we can easily find reason of CMA allocation failure. There is
no functional change in this patch.
In addition, this patch also converts reference read sites. It will
help a second step that renames page._count to something else and
prevents later attempt to direct access to it (Suggested by Andrew).
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky.work@gmail.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The timer department delivers this time:
- Support for cross clock domain timestamps in the core code plus a
first user. That allows more precise timestamping for PTP and
later for audio and other peripherals.
The ptp/e1000e patches have been acked by the relevant maintainers
and are carried in the timer tree to avoid merge ordering issues.
- Support for unregistering the current clocksource watchdog. That
lifts a limitation for switching clocksources which has been there
from day 1
- The usual pile of fixes and updates to the core and the drivers.
Nothing outstanding and exciting"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (26 commits)
time/timekeeping: Work around false positive GCC warning
e1000e: Adds hardware supported cross timestamp on e1000e nic
ptp: Add PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE for driver crosstimestamping
x86/tsc: Always Running Timer (ART) correlated clocksource
hrtimer: Revert CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW support
time: Add history to cross timestamp interface supporting slower devices
time: Add driver cross timestamp interface for higher precision time synchronization
time: Remove duplicated code in ktime_get_raw_and_real()
time: Add timekeeping snapshot code capturing system time and counter
time: Add cycles to nanoseconds translation
jiffies: Use CLOCKSOURCE_MASK instead of constant
clocksource: Introduce clocksource_freq2mult()
clockevents/drivers/exynos_mct: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clockevents/drivers/arm_global_timer: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clockevents/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Implement ->set_state_oneshot_stopped()
clocksource/drivers/arm_global_timer: Register delay timer
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Support timer-based ARM delay
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Support periodic mode
clocksource/drivers/lpc32xx: Don't use the prescaler counter for clockevents
clocksource/drivers/rockchip: Add err handle for rk_timer_init
...
Modern Intel systems supports cross timestamping of the network device
clock and Always Running Timer (ART) in hardware. This allows the
device time and system time to be precisely correlated. The timestamp
pair is returned through e1000e_phc_get_syncdevicetime() used by
get_system_device_crosststamp(). The hardware cross-timestamp result
is made available to applications through the PTP_SYS_OFFSET_PRECISE
ioctl which calls e1000e_phc_getcrosststamp().
Cc: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: kevin.b.stanton@intel.com
Cc: kevin.j.clarke@intel.com
Cc: hpa@zytor.com
Cc: jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christopher S. Hall <christopher.s.hall@intel.com>
[jstultz: Reworked to use new interface, commit message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
I added this check in setup_tc to multiple drivers,
if (handle != TC_H_ROOT || tc->type != TC_SETUP_MQPRIO)
Unfortunately restricting to TC_H_ROOT like this breaks the old
instantiation of mqprio to setup a hardware qdisc. This patch
relaxes the test to only check the type to make it equivalent
to the check before I broke it. With this the old instantiation
continues to work.
A good smoke test is to setup mqprio with,
# tc qdisc add dev eth4 root mqprio num_tc 8 \
map 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 \
queues 0@0 1@1 2@2 3@3 4@4 5@5 6@6 7@7
Fixes: e4c6734eaa ("net: rework ndo tc op to consume additional qdisc handle paramete")
Reported-by: Singh Krishneil <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jake Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
CC: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original series drivers would get offload requests for cls_u32
rules even if the feature bit is disabled. This meant the driver had
to do a boiler plate check on the feature bit before adding/deleting
the rule.
This patch lifts the check into the core code and removes it from the
driver specific case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a Client interface for i40iw driver
support. Also expands the Virtchannel to support messages
from i40evf driver on behalf of i40iwvf driver.
This client API is used by the i40iw and i40iwvf driver
to access the core driver resources brokered by the i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Problem: When switching off VLAN offloading on an i350, the VLAN
interface gets unusable. For testing, set up a VLAN on an i350
and some remote machine, e.g.:
$ ip link add link eth0 name eth0.42 type vlan id 42
$ ip addr add 192.168.42.1/24 dev eth0.42
$ ip link set dev eth0.42 up
Offloading is switched on by default:
$ ethtool -k eth0 | grep vlan-offload
rx-vlan-offload: on
tx-vlan-offload: on
$ ping -c 3 -I eth0.42 192.168.42.2
[...works as usual...]
Now switch off VLAN offloading and try again:
$ ethtool -K eth0 rxvlan off
Actual changes:
rx-vlan-offload: off
tx-vlan-offload: off [requested on]
$ ping -c 3 -I eth0.42 192.168.42.2
PING 192.168.42.2 (192.168.42.2) from 192.168.42.1 eth0.42: 56(84) bytes of da
ta.
--- 192.168.42.2 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 0 received, 100% packet loss, time 1999ms
I can only reproduce it on an i350, the above works fine on a 82580.
While inspecting the igb source, I came across the code in igb_set_vmolr
which sets the E1000_VMOLR_STRVLAN/E1000_DVMOLR_STRVLAN flags once and
for all, and in all of the igb code there's no other place where the
STRVLAN is set or cleared. Thus, VLAN stripping is enabled in igb
unconditionally, independently of the offloading setting.
I compared that to the latest Intel igb-5.3.3.5 driver from
http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000/ which in fact sets and clears the
STRVLAN flag independently from igb_set_vmolr in its own function
igb_set_vf_vlan_strip, depending on the vlan settings.
So I included the STRVLAN handling from the igb-5.3.3.5 driver into our
current igb driver and tested the above scenario again. This time ping
still works after switching off VLAN offloading.
Tested on i350, with and without addtional VFs, as well as on 82580
successfully.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A similar issue was addressed a few years ago in the following thread:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg245877.html
At that time there were concerns that removing this statement may cause other
side effects. However the submitter addressed those concerns. But the dialogue
went cold. We have a new case where a customers application is registering and
un-registering multicast addresses every few seconds. This is leading to many
"Link is Up" messages in the logs as a result of the
"netif_carrier_off(netdev)" statement called by igbvf_msix_other(). Also on
some kernels it is interfering with the bonding driver causing it to failover
and subsequently affecting connectivity.
The Sourgeforge driver does not make this call and is therefore not affected.
If there were any side effects I would expect that driver to also be affected.
I have tested re-loading the igbvf driver and downing the adapter with the PF
entity on the host where the VM has this patch. When I bring it back up again
connectivity is restored as expected. Therefore I request that this patch gets
submitted.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the igbvf driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers. In
the case of the VF drivers this meant adding support for SCTP CRCs, and
inner checksum offloads for MPLS and various tunnel types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for generic Tx checksums to the igb driver. It
turns out this is actually pretty easy after going over the datasheet as we
were doing a number of steps we didn't need to.
In order to perform a Tx checksum for an L4 header we need to fill in the
following fields in the Tx descriptor:
MACLEN (maximum of 127), retrieved from:
skb_network_offset()
IPLEN (maximum of 511), retrieved from:
skb_checksum_start_offset() - skb_network_offset()
TUCMD.L4T indicates offset and if checksum or crc32c, based on:
skb->csum_offset
The added advantage to doing this is that we can support inner checksum
offloads for tunnels and MPLS while still being able to transparently
insert VLAN tags.
I also took the opportunity to clean-up many of the feature flag
configuration bits to make them a bit more consistent between drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
E1000_MRQC_ENABLE_RSS_4Q enables 4 and 8 queues depending on the part
so rename to be generic.
Similarly, E1000_MRQC_ENABLE_VMDQ_RSS_2Q has no numeric meaning so
rename to be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In general case the maximum supported half cycle time of the synchronized
output clock is 70msec. Slower half cycle time than 70msec can be
programmed also as long as the output clock is synchronized to whole
seconds, useful specifically for generating a 1Hz clock.
Permitted values for the clock half cycle time are: 125,000,000 decimal,
250,000,000 decimal and 500,000,000 decimal (equals to 125msec, 250msec
and 500msec respectively).
Before this patch, only the half cycle time of less than or equal to 70msec
uses the I210 clock output function. This patch adds additional conditions
when half cycle time is equal to 125msec or 250msec or 500msec to use
clock output function.
Under other conditions, interrupt driven target time output events method
is still used to generate the desired clock output.
Signed-off-by: Roland Hii <roland.king.guan.hii@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Override EEPROM settings for specific OEM devices.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This e1000_phy_operations structure is never modified, so declare it as
const. Other structures of this type are already const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I210 device IPv6 autoconf test sometimes fails,
because DAD NS for link-local is not transmitted.
This packet is silently dropped.
This problem is seen only GbE environment.
igb_watchdog_task link up detection continues to the following process.
The following cases are observed:
1.PHY 1000BASE-T Status Register Remote receiver status bit is NG.
(NG status becomes OK after about 200 - 700ms)
2.In this case, the transfer packet is silently dropped.
1000BASE-T Status register
[Expected]: 0x3800 or 0x7800
[problem occurred]: 0x2800 or 0x6800
Frequency of occurrence: approx 1/10 - 1/40 observed
In order to avoid this problem,
wait until 1000BASE-T Status register "Remote receiver status OK"
After applying this patch, at least 400 runs succeed with no problems.
Signed-off-by: Takuma Ueba <t.ueba11@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (4) and i219 (5) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the next Intel platform (KabeLake).
This patch provides the initial support for the devices.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There have been bugs caused by HW ULP configuration settings not being
properly cleared after cable connect in V-Pro capable systems.
This caused HW to get out of sync occasionally.
The fix ensures that ULP settings are cleared in HW after
LAN cable re-connect.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on feedback from HW team, the configured value of the internal PHY
HW FIFO pointer gap was incorrect for non-gig speeds.
This patch provides the correct configuration.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several packet loss issues were reported for which the root cause for
them was an incorrect configuration of internal HW PHY clock gating
mechanism by SW.
This patch provides the correct mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to system level changes introduced in Skylake, ULP exit takes
significantly longer to occur. Therefore, driver must wait longer for.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements set_per_queue_coalesce for i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements get_per_queue_coalesce for i40e driver.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For i40e driver, each vector has its own ITR register. However, there
are no concept of queue-specific settings in the driver proper. Only
global variable is used to store ITR values. That will cause problems
especially when resetting the vector. The specific ITR values could be
lost.
This patch move rx_itr_setting and tx_itr_setting to i40e_ring to store
specific ITR register for each queue.
i40e_get_coalesce and i40e_set_coalesce are also modified accordingly to
support queue-specific settings. To make it compatible with old ethtool,
if user doesn't specify the queue number, i40e_get_coalesce will return
queue 0's value. While i40e_set_coalesce will apply value to all queues.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we reset a VF, its VSI goes away, and it gets a new one. So don't
hang on to the now-stale local VSI pointer. It just leads to suffering
and kernel panics.
Change-ID: Ia8823b4e85893e95e963acee284968022b29177a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to suspend scheduling or any pending service task during driver
unload process, so that new task will not be scheduled. This patch sets
the suspend flag bit during reload which avoids service task execution.
Change-ID: I017c57b5d6656564556e3c5387da671369a572ac
Signed-off-by: Pandi Kumar Maharajan <pandi.maharajan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the new AdminQ functions for safely accessing the Rx control
registers that may be affected by heavy small packet traffic.
We can't use AdminQ calls in i40e_clear_hw() because the HW is being
initialized and the AdminQ is not alive. We recently added an AQ
related replacement for reading PFLAN_QALLOC, and this patch puts
back the original register read.
Change-ID: Ib027168c954a5733299aa3a4ce5f8218c6bb5636
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the new AdminQ functions for safely accessing the Rx control
registers that may be affected by heavy small packet traffic.
Change-ID: Ibb00983e8dcba71f4b760222a609a5fcaa726f18
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new opcodes and struct used for asking the firmware to update Rx
control registers that need extra care when being accessed while under
heavy traffic - e.g. sustained 64byte packets at line rate on all ports.
The firmware will take extra steps to be sure the register accesses
are successful.
The registers involved are:
PFQF_CTL_0
PFQF_HENA
PFQF_FDALLOC
PFQF_HREGION
PFLAN_QALLOC
VPQF_CTL
VFQF_HENA
VFQF_HREGION
VSIQF_CTL
VSILAN_QBASE
VSILAN_QTABLE
VSIQF_TCREGION
PFQF_HKEY
VFQF_HKEY
PRTQF_CTL_0
GLFCOE_RCTL
GLFCOE_RSOF
GLQF_CTL
GLQF_SWAP
GLQF_HASH_MSK
GLQF_HASH_INSET
GLQF_HSYM
GLQF_FC_MSK
GLQF_FC_INSET
GLQF_FD_MSK
PRTQF_FD_INSET
PRTQF_FD_FLXINSET
PRTQF_FD_MSK
Change-ID: I56c8144000da66ad99f68948d8a184b2ec2aeb3e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return from i40e_vsi_reinit_setup() if vsi param is NULL.
This makes this code consistent with all the other code that
checks for NULL before using one of the VSI pointers accessed
with an indexed variable. (Indexed VSI pointers are
intentionally set to NULL in i40e_vsi_clear() and
i40e_remove().
Change-ID: I3bc8b909c70fd2439334eeae994d151f61480985
Signed-off-by: John Underwood <johnx.underwood@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds 7 new register definitions for programming the
parser, flow director and RSS blocks in the HW.
Change-ID: I31e76673125275f3c69a14c646361919d04dc987
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes an issue where a previously removed message
has returned. Changing the message type to dev_dbg
leaves the info, if desired, but takes it out of normal
everyday usage. Also changed call to only provide port
data when its valid and not when its not (delete case).
Change-ID: Ief6f33b915f6364c24fa8e5789c2fc3168b5e2ed
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just like Tx queues don't wait for Rx queues to be disabled before
DCB has been reconfigured.
Check the queues are disabled only after the DCB configuration has
been applied to the VSI(s) managed by the PF driver.
In case of any timeout issue a PF reset to recover.
Change-ID: Ic51e94c25baf9a5480cee983f35d15575a88642c
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When linking with particular PHY types (ex: copper PHY), the amount of
time it takes for the GLGEN_RSTAT_DEVSTATE to be set increases greatly,
which can lead to a timeout and failure to load the driver.
Change-ID: If02be0dfcd7c57fdde2d5c81cd63651260cd2029
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the ethtool identify adapter
functionality did not work for some copper PHY's. Without this
patch, the blink led functionality fails on some parts. This
patch adds PHY write code to blink led's on parts where this
functionality is contained in the PHY rather than the MAC.
Change-ID: Iee7b3453f61d5ffd0b3d03f720ee4f17f919fcc2
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds functions to blink led on devices using
10GBaseT PHY since MAC registers used in other designs
do not work in this device configuration.
Change-ID: Id4b88c93c649fd2b88073a00b42867a77c761ca3
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On all of the other Intel drivers we place checksum close to TSO as they
have a significant amount in common and it can help to reduce the decision
tree for how to handle the frame as the first check in TSO is to see if
checksumming is offloaded, and if it is not we can skip _BOTH_ TSO and Tx
checksum offload based on a single check.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to rewrite the logic for how we determine if we can
transmit the frame or if it needs to be linearized.
The previous code for this function was using a mix of division and modulus
division as a part of computing if we need to take the slow path. Instead
I have replaced this by simply working with a sliding window which will
tell us if the frame would be capable of causing a single packet to span
several descriptors.
The logic for the scan is fairly simple. If any given group of 6 fragments
is less than gso_size - 1 then it is possible for us to have one byte
coming out of the first fragment, 6 fragments, and one or more bytes coming
out of the last fragment. This gives us a total of 8 fragments
which exceeds what we can allow so we send such frames to be linearized.
Arguably the use of modulus might be more exact as the approach I propose
may generate some false positives. However the likelihood of us taking much
of a hit for those false positives is fairly low, and I would rather not
add more overhead in the case where we are receiving a frame composed of 4K
pages.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an upcoming patch I would like to have access to the descriptor count
used for the data portion of the frame. For this reason I am splitting up
the descriptor count function from the function that stops the ring.
Also in order to try and reduce unnecessary duplication of code I am moving
the slow-path portions of the code out of being inline calls so that we can
just jump to them and process them instead of having to build them into
each function that calls them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates the code for determining the L4 protocol and L3 header
length so that when IPv6 extension headers are being used we can determine
the offset and type of the L4 protocol.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes should have enabled support for IPv6 based tunnels and
support for TSO with outer UDP checksums. As such we can update the
feature flags to reflect that.
In addition we can clean-up the flags that aren't needed such as SCTP and
RXCSUM since having the bits there doesn't add any value.
I also found one spot where we were setting the same flag twice. It looks
like it was probably a git merge error that resulted in the line being
duplicated. As such I have dropped it in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes should have enabled support for IPv6 based tunnels and
support for TSO with outer UDP checksums. As such we can update the
feature flags to reflect that.
In addition we can clean-up the flags that aren't needed such as SCTP and
RXCSUM since having the bits there doesn't add any value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the documentation in the datasheets for the XL710 do not call out
any reason to exclude support for IPv6 based tunnels. As such I am
dropping the code that was excluding these tunnel types from having their
port numbers recognized. This way we can take advantage of things such as
checksum offload for inner headers over IPv6 based VXLAN or GENEVE
tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch contains a number of fixes to make certain that we are using
the correct protocols when parsing both the inner and outer headers of a
frame that is mixed between IPv4 and IPv6 for inner and outer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL722 has support for providing the outer UDP tunnel checksum on
transmits. Make use of this feature to support segmenting UDP tunnels with
outer checksums enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is mostly a minor clean-up for the Rx checksum path in order to avoid
some of the unnecessary conditional checks that were being applied.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add exception handling to the Tx checksum path so that we can handle cases
of TSO where the frame is bad, or Tx checksum where we didn't recognize a
protocol
Drop I40E_TX_FLAGS_CSUM as it is unused, move the CHECKSUM_PARTIAL check
into the function itself so that we can decrease indent.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch defers writing to the Tx descriptor bits until we know we have
successfully completed a given operation. So for example we defer updating
the tunnelling portion of the context descriptor until we have fully
identified the type.
The advantage to this approach is that we can assemble values as we go
instead of having to try and kludge everything together all at once. As a
result we can significantly clean up the tunneling configuration for
instance as we can just do a pointer walk and do the math for the distance
between each set of points.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for IPv6 extension headers in setting up the Tx
checksum. Without this patch extension headers would cause IPv6 traffic to
fail as the transport protocol could not be identified.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes two issues. First was the fact that iphdr(skb)->protocl
was being used to test for the outer transport protocol. This completely
breaks IPv6 support. Second was the fact that we cleared the flag for v4
going to v6, but we didn't take care of txflags going the other way. As
such we would have the v6 flag still set even if the inner header was v4.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Tx checksum path was maintaining a set of 3 pointers and two lengths in
order to prepare the packet for being checksummed. The thing is we only
really needed 2 pointers, and the lengths that were being maintained can
easily be computed.
As such we can replace the IPv4 and IPv6 header pointers with one single
union that represents both, or a generic pointer to the start of the
network header. For the L4 headers we can do the same with TCP and a
generic pointer to the start of the transport header. The length of the
TCP header is obtained by simply multiplying doff by 4, and the network
header length can be obtained by subtracting the network header pointer
from the transport header pointer.
While I was at it I renamed l4_hdr to l4_proto to make it a bit more clear
and less likely to be confused with l4.hdr which is the transport header
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch goes through and pulls all of the spots where we were updating
either the TCP or IP checksums in the TSO and checksum path into the TSO
function. The general idea here is that we should only be updating the
header after we verify we have completed a skb_cow_head check to verify the
head is writable.
One other advantage to doing this is that it makes things much more
obvious. For example, in the case of IPv6 there was one spot where the
offset of the IPv4 header checksum was being updated which is obviously
incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that the L4 header offsets and such can be ignored
when dealing with the L3 checksum and length update. This is done making
use of two things.
First we can just use the offset from the L4 header to the start of the
packet to determine the L4 offset, and from that we can then make use of
the data offset to determine the full length of the headers.
As far as adjusting the checksum to remove the length we can simply add the
inverse of the length instead of having to recompute the entire
pseudo-header without the length. In the case of an IPv6 header this
should be significantly cheaper since we can make use of a value we already
needed instead of having to read the source and destination address out of
the packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of casing u32 values to u64 it makes more sense to just start out
with u64 values in the first place. This way we don't need to create a
mess with all of the casts needed to populate a 64b value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e and i40evf drivers contained code for inserting an outer checksum
on UDP tunnels. The issue however is that the upper levels of the stack
never requested such an offload and it results in possible errors.
In addition the same logic was being applied to the Rx side where it was
attempting to validate the outer checksum, but the logic there was
incorrect in that it was testing for the resultant sum to be equal to the
header checksum instead of being equal to 0.
Since this code is so massively flawed, and doing things that we didn't ask
for it to do I am just dropping it, and will bring it back later to use as
an offload for SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM which can make use of such a
feature.
As far as the Rx feature I am dropping it completely since it would need to
be massively expanded and applied to IPv4 and IPv6 checksums for all parts,
not just the one that supports Tx checksum offload for the outer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In MFP mode particularly when we were setting the PF VSI in limited
promiscuous, the HW switch was still mirroring the outgoing packets
from other VSIs (VF/VMdq) onto the PF VSI.
With this new bit set, the mirroring doesn't happen any more and so
we are in limited promiscuous on the PF VSI in MFP which is similar
to defport.
An API check is not required, since this bit is reserved for FW API
version < 1.5
Also update copyright year in file headers.
Change-ID: I9840cb95f11dde733d943cb03ce84f68b9611bc8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In one obscure corner case, it was possible to clear the NVM update wait
flag when no update_done message was actually received. This patch
cleans the event descriptor before use, and moves the opcode check to
where it won't get done if there was no event to clean.
Also update copyright year in file headers.
Change-ID: I68bbc41965e93f4adf07cbe98b9dfd63d41509a4
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a reset fails to complete, the driver gets its affairs in order and
awaits the cold solace of rmmod. Unfortunately, it was not properly
setting the adapter state, which would cause a panic on rmmod, instead
of the desired surcease.
Set the adapter state to DOWN in this case, and avoid a panic.
Change-ID: I6fdd9906da52e023f8dc744f7da44b5d95278ca9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure we return EBUSY while finishing up a reset, and add a few bits
for better debug messages.
Change-ID: I23f6c28a8d96d7aa171abcc265737cec7826c292
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Explain why we cannot remove this code, even though it works differently
than any of our other interrupt cause handling code.
Change-ID: Ie66203bd037a466066036611c31d44f759ec5176
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The queues should never be enabled/disabled in the interrupt handler,
ICR0 interrupt enable should be the only thing that needs to be
dynamically changed in the handler.
This patch fixes that. Without this patch X722 platforms were
seeing weird ping timings when in Legacy mode since it takes
a whole lot of time for the HW/FW to re-enable queues.
Change-ID: If065afc45d81c5a19d4a94a00cd5b8f61cefc40c
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the case where we have a page fully used by receive data, we need to
release the page fully to the stack. Instead of calling get_page (which
increments the page count) followed by free_page (which decrements the
page count), just donate our reference to the stack. Although this
donation is not tax deductible, it does allow us to avoid two very
expensive atomic operations that reverse each other.
Change-ID: If70739792d5748995fc175ec92ac2171ed4ad8fc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed mapping of SEID is removed from specification. Hence
this patch removes code which was using hard coded base VEB SEID.
Changed FCoE code to use "hw->pf_id" to obtain correct "idx"
and verified.
Removed defines for BASE VSI/VEB SEID and BASE_PF_SEID since it
is not used anymore.
Change-ID: Id507cf4b1fae1c0145e3f08ae9ea5846ea5840de
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch falls back to enabling unicast, multicast and
broadcast promiscuous mode when the driver must disable it's use
of "default port" aka defport mode (which is normally used to
provide a promiscuous mode), due to internal incompatibility
with Multiple Function per Port (aka MFP).
The situation that requires this patch is when Physical
Function 0 is the device being used, and it can support SR-IOV
when MFP is enabled, via the driver creating a VEB on an MFP
enabled adapter.
Change-ID: Ie90b00d0d58782a5dfcf2c3c9725a2eb90bd63d8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a workaround for cases where we might have
interrupts that got lost but WB happened.
If that happens without this patch we will see a tx_timeout.
To work around it, this patch goes ahead and reschedules NAPI
in that situation, if NAPI is not already scheduled.
We also add a counter in ethtool to keep track of when
we detect a case of tx_lost_interrupt.
Note: napi_reschedule() can be safely called from process/service_task
context and is done in other drivers as well without an issue.
Change-ID: I00f98f1ce3774524d9421227652bef20fcbd0d20
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes use of a pointer called hw consistent
in the i40e_remove function.
Change-ID: Idacc7ff0a09a68289c57457a78618bf5497de077
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Support packet split receive on VFs. This is off by default but can be
enabled using ethtool private flags. Because we need to trigger a reset
from outside of i40evf_main.c, create a new function to do so, and
export it.
Also update copyright year in file headers.
Change-ID: I721aa5d70113d3d6d94102e5f31526f6fc57cbbb
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was a completely unused file "dump" in debugfs that
never panned out to be useful.
Change-ID: I12bb9e37b5a83299725dda815a8746157baf6562
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have a define for this, use it. No functional change.
Change-ID: Ic0e3ea4f562e46de63b2a8de07f291ccc10205fd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-02-17
This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only (again).
Jesse moves sync_vsi_filters() up in the service_task because it may need
to request a reset, and we do not want to wait another round of service
task time. Refactored the enable_icr0() in order to allow it to be
decided by the caller whether the CLEARPBA (clear pending events) bit will
be set while re-enabling the interrupt. Also provides the "Don't Give Up"
patch, where the driver will keep polling trying to allocate receive buffers
until it succeeds. This should keep all receive queues running even in
the face of memory pressure. Cleans up the debugging helpers by putting
everything in hex to be consistent.
Neerav updates the DCB firmware version related checkes specific to X710
and XL710 only since the checks are not required for X722 devices.
Shannon adds the use of the new shared MAC filter bit for multicast and
broadcast filters in order to make better use of the filters available
from the device. Added a parameter to allow the driver to set the
enable/disable of statistics gathering in the hardware switch. Also the
L2 cloud filtering parameter is removed since it was never used.
Anjali refactors the force_wb and WB_ON_ITR functionality since
Force-WriteBack functionality in X710/XL710 devices has been moved out of
the clean routine and into the service task, so we need to make sure
WriteBack-On-ITR is separated out since it is still called from clean.
Catherine changes the VF driver string to reflect all the products that
are supported.
Mitch refactors the packet split receive code to properly use half-pages
for receives. Also changes the use of bitwise operators to logical
operators on clean_complete variable, while making a witty reference to
Mr. Spock. Cleans up (i.e. removes) the hsplit field in the ring
structure and use the existing macro to detect packet split enablement,
which allows debugfs dumps of the VSI to properly show which recevie
routine is in use.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 9d35cf062e ("net: ixgbe: add minimal parser details for ixgbe")
Reported-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I incorrectly used __u32 types where we should be using u32 types when
I added the ixgbe_model.h file.
Fixes: 9d35cf062e ("net: ixgbe: add minimal parser details for ixgbe")
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump version to i40e-1.4.13 and i40evf-1.4.9
Change-ID: I9db37f9d4899141c3e5455dfb456d45465b8c035
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Get rid of the unused hsplit field in the ring struct and use the
existing macro to detect packet split enablement. This allows debugfs
dumps of the VSI to properly show which Rx routine is in use.
Change-ID: Ic4e9589e6a788ab196ed0850703f704e30c03781
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mr. Spock would certainly raise an eyebrow to see us using bitwise
operators, when we should clearly be relying on logic. Fascinating.
Change-ID: Ie338010c016f93e9faa2002c07c90b15134b7477
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the packet split Rx code to properly use half-pages for
receives. The previous code was doing way more mapping and unmapping
than it needed to, and wasn't properly using half-pages.
Increment the page use count each time we give a half-page to an skb,
knowing that the stack will probably process and release the page before
we need it again. Only free and reallocate pages if the count shows that
both half-pages are in use. Add counters to track reallocations and page
reuse.
Change-ID: I534b299196036b64be82b4861a0a4036310a8f22
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e and i40evf drivers now cleanly handle allocation
failures and can avoid kernel log spew from the memory allocator
when allocations fail, so set __GFP_NOWARN on Rx buffer alloc.
Change-ID: Ic9e1b83c495e2a3ef6b069ba7fb6e52ce134cd23
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The debugging helpers for showing descriptor rings were
dumping the indexes in decimal and the offsets in hex.
Put everything in hex and at least be consistent.
Also update copyright year in file header.
Change-ID: Ia35a21411a2ddb713772dffb4e8718889fcfc895
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is the "Don't Give Up" patch. Previously the
driver could fail an allocation, and then possibly stall
a queue forever, by never coming back to continue receiving
or allocating buffers.
With this patch, the driver will keep polling trying to allocate
receive buffers until it succeeds. This should keep all receive
queues running even in the face of memory pressure.
Also update copyright year in file header.
Change-ID: I2b103d1ce95b9831288a7222c3343ffa1988b81b
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While re-enabling interrupts the driver would clear all pending
causes. This meant that if an interrupt was generated while the driver
was cleaning or polling with interrupts disabled, then that interrupt
was lost. This could cause a queue to become dead, especially for
receive. Refactored the enable_icr0 function in order to allow
it to be decided by the caller whether the CLEARPBA (clear pending
events) bit will be set while re-enabling the interrupt.
Also update copyright year in file headers.
Change-ID: Ic1db100a05e13c98919057696db147a258ca365a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change the driver string to 40-10 Gigabit instead of XL710/X710 for X722
and all future products.
Also update copyright year in file header.
Change-ID: I57fae656b36dc4eb682b2b7a054f8f48f3589149
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that the Force-WriteBack functionality in X710/XL710 devices
has been moved out of the clean routine and into the service task,
we need to make sure WriteBack-On-ITR is separated out since it
is still called from clean.
In the X722 devices, Force-WriteBack implies WriteBack-On-ITR but
without the interrupt, which put the driver into a missed
interrupt scenario and a potential tx-timeout report.
With this patch, we break the two functions out, and call the
appropriate ones at the right place. This will avoid creating missed
interrupt like scenarios for X722 devices.
Also update copyright year in file headers.
Change-ID: Iacbde39f95f332f82be8736864675052c3583a40
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new parameters for add_veb allow us to enable and disable VEB stats,
so let's use them.
Update copyright year.
Change-ID: Ie6e68c68e2d1d459e42168eda661051b56bf0a65
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the latest firmware, statistics gathering can now be enabled and
disabled in the HW switch, so we need to add a parameter to allow the
driver to set it as desired. At the same time, the L2 cloud filtering
parameter has been removed as it was never used.
Older drivers working with the newer firmware and newer drivers working
with older firmware will not run into problems with these bits as the
defaults are reasonable and there is no overlap in the bit definitions.
Also, newer drivers will be forced to update because of the change in
function call parameters, a reminder that the functionality exists.
Also update copyright year.
Change-ID: I9acb9160b892ca3146f2f11a88fdcd86be3cadcc
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the use of the new Shared MAC filter bit for multicast and broadcast
filters in order to make better use of the filters available from the
device. The FW folks have assured me that setting this bit on older FW
will have no affect, so we don't need a version check.
Also fixed a stray indent problem nearby.
Also update copyright year.
Change-ID: I4c5826a32594382a7937a592a24d228588cee7aa
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make the DCB firmware version related checks specific to
X710 and XL710 only. These checks are not required for
X722 family of devices.
Introduced an inline routine to help determine if the
MAC type is X710/XL710 or not.
Moved the firmware version related checks in i40e_sw_init()
and defined flags for different cases
Fix the version check to allow using "Set LLDP MIB" AQ
for beyond FVL4 FW releases.
Change-ID: Ib78288343de983aa0354fc28aa36e99b073662c0
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The sync_vsi_filters function is moved up in the service_task because
it may need to request a reset, and we don't want to wait another round
of service task time.
NOTE: Filters will be replayed by sync_vsi_filters including broadcast
and promiscuous settings.
Also, added some error handling in this space in case any of these
fail the driver will retry correctly.
Also update copyright year.
Change-ID: I23f3d552100baecea69466339f738f27614efd47
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit converts commit b499ffb0a2 ("i40e: Look up MAC address in
Open Firmware or IDPROM") to use eth_platform_get_mac_address()
added by commit c7f5d10549 ("net: Add eth_platform_get_mac_address()
helper.")
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X722 can support automatic rule eviction for automatically added
flow director rules. Feature is (should be) disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes sure we check the GENEVE offload capable flag before
we attempt offload.
It also enables the Capability for XL710/X710 devices with FW API
version higher than 1.4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Assign the i40e_pf structure directly instead of using a large memcpy,
which avoids a sparse warning and lets the compiler optimize the copy
since it knows the size of the structure in advance.
Change-ID: I17604e23be2616521eb760290befcb767b52b3f7
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Driver already counted allocation errors, so print
them as part of the ethtool -S output. Useful for debugging
if your system is having trouble making memory available for
the driver.
Change-ID: I83839fa86e81e6d80f03b917c88dd3ef9a64dde0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PHY interrupt mask bits mask out the events we don't want,
so we need to negate the bitmask of events we want.
Change-ID: I273244da5a8d285b6abc84fd68a90f1e6fa0393e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements necessary functions related to port
mirroring features such as add/delete mirror rule, function
to set promiscuous VLAN mode for VSI if mirror rule_type is
"VLAN Mirroring".
Change-ID: Iaf513fd5f188f99dcb977b48f99e73185dfddc40
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was being called by VLAN, bonding, teaming operations
that expected to be able to hold locks like rcu_read_lock().
This causes the driver to be held to the requirement to not sleep,
and was found by the kernel debug options for checking sleep
inside critical section, and the locking validator.
Change-ID: Ibc68c835f5ffa8ffe0638ffe910a66fc5649a7f7
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Nelson, Shannon <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The sync_vsi_filter function was allocating memory in such
a way that it could sleep (GFP_KERNEL) which was causing a problem
when called by the team driver under rcu_read_lock(), which cannot
be held while sleeping. Found with lockdep.
Change-ID: I4e59053cb5eedcf3d0ca151715be3dc42a94bdd5
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't bother trying to set up a TSO if the skb->ip_summed is not
set to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL.
Change-ID: I6495b3568e404907a2965b48cf3e2effa7c9ab55
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Driver was using an offset based off a DMA handle while mapping and
unmapping using sync_single_range_for[cpu|device], where it should
be using DMA handle (returned from alloc_coherent) and the offset of the
memory to be sync'd.
Change-ID: I208256565b1595ff0e9171ab852de06b997917c6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Nelson, Shannon <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Missing space in comment, fixed.
Change-ID: I8cdf3ce5994b4a97dcc3eeb33422533918546667
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The probe routine already had a u32 val declared, no need
to do it again. Found by W=2 compile.
Change-ID: Id7b65f6d0ef6bb71067d0557f5be0202b6d8741e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-02-16
This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only.
Shannon adds flags to MAC allocation requests to signify that the MAC VLAN
filters should come from the shared resource pool. Added a new "set switch
config" admin queue command and the new Cisco VXLAN-GPE cloud tunnel type
for the admin queue commands. Added more detail to the NVM update debug
message in order to see the full ethtool request data. Also added a few
more bits of netdev data into the debugfs output for dump VSI.
Pandi fixes the width of two datatypes which were being declared a different
size from what they are assigned.
Anjali fixes an issue where we were not doing write-back on interrupt
throttle for legacy case in x722.
Mitch adds a counter for ARQ overflows since sometimes an ever-growing
number indicates that something bad is happening. Also added 20G speed for
Tx bandwidth calculations.
Jesse refactors the DCB function based on a community suggestion to change
the multi-level if statement into a switch statement. Cleans up VF device
IDs in the PF, since it does not need to know them.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures ixgbe will not try to offload hash tables from the
u32 module. The device class does not currently support this so until
it is enabled just abort on these tables.
Interestingly the more flexible your hardware is the less code you
need to implement to guard against these cases.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds initial support for offloading the u32 tc classifier. This
initial implementation only implements a few base matches and actions
to illustrate the use of the infrastructure patches.
However it is an interesting subset because it handles the u32 next
hdr logic to correctly map tcp packets from ip headers using the ihl
and protocol fields. After this is accepted we can extend the match
and action fields easily by updating the model header file.
Also only the drop action is supported initially.
Here is a short test script,
#tc qdisc add dev eth4 ingress
#tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip \
u32 ht 800: order 1 \
match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32 match ip src 15.0.0.2/32 action drop
<-- hardware has dst/src ip match rule installed -->
#tc filter del dev eth4 parent ffff: prio 49152
#tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
#tc filter add dev eth4 protocol ip parent ffff: prio 99 \
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
#tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip \
u32 ht 1: order 3 match tcp src 23 ffff action drop
<-- hardware has tcp src port rule installed -->
#tc qdisc del dev eth4 parent ffff:
<-- hardware cleaned up -->
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds an ixgbe data structure that is used to determine what
headers:fields can be matched and in what order they are supported.
For hardware devices this can be a bit tricky because typically
only pre-programmed (firmware, ucode, rtl) parse graphs will be
supported and we don't yet have an interface to change these from
the OS. So its sort of a you get whatever your friendly vendor
provides affair at the moment.
In the future we can add the get routines and set routines to
update this data structure. One interesting thing to note here
is the data structure here identifies ethernet, ip, and tcp
fields without having to hardcode them as enumerations or use
other identifiers.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates setup_tc so we can pass additional parameters into
the ndo op in a generic way. To do this we provide structured union
and type flag.
This lets each classifier and qdisc provide its own set of attributes
without having to add new ndo ops or grow the signature of the
callback.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_setup_tc() op was added to support drivers offloading tx
qdiscs however only support for mqprio was ever added. So we
only ever added support for passing the number of traffic classes
to the driver.
This patch generalizes the ndo_setup_tc op so that a handle can
be provided to indicate if the offload is for ingress or egress
or potentially even child qdiscs.
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
CC: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Probe routine already has too many locals, just convert one
used for kzalloc into a kcalloc, eliminating the local.
Change-ID: I349049872b71f858cbeb91ad7836e6767fc7b7d1
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF doesn't need to know about the VF's device IDs, so remove them.
Change-ID: I62cf0e0fffa1ace586e58e00bc271b10ae440f05
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a few more bits of netdev data into the debugfs output for dump VSI.
For now, we'll add the features, hw_features, vlan_features, and flags
bitflags and the state. More could be added later if needed.
Also, tweak a couple nearby output lines for output readability.
Change-ID: I9fb5a9da75c9ad7679498ce9ac3ba24d065ddd2e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brandeburg, Jesse <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Wyborny, Carolyn <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF is reset via VFLR, the device will be knocked out of bus
master mode, and the driver will fail to recover from the reset. Fix
this by enabling bus mastering after every reset. In a non-VFLR case,
the bus master bit will not be disabled, and this call will have no effect.
Change-ID: Id515859ac7a691db478222228add6d149e96801a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a little more detail to an NVM update debug message in order to
see the full ethtool request data.
Change-ID: Iab10437cb32d6fddc67ee347e7c0b42511e152cd
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a simple refactor suggested by the community
to change a multi-level if statement into a switch.
Change-ID: I831cf3c40426022220aa9b43990022d22dfd50db
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When calculating TX bandwidth for VFs, we need to know the link speed to
make sure we don't allocate more bandwidth than is available. Add 20G
link speed to the switch statement so we can support devices that link
at that speed.
Change-ID: I5409f6139d549e5832777db9c22ca0664e0c5f8b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes, ARQ overflows are a big deal and tell us that the
firmware/hardware/driver/something is having problems. But normally
they're no big deal. To assist in assessing this, add a counter to
our Ethtool stats. A handful of ARQ overflows during VF init is no
problem. A large, ever-growing number indicates that Something Bad is
happening.
Change-ID: Ie5348bfbc8a54a890559cb00279c28d976a55096
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were not doing write-back on interrupt throttle for Legacy case in X722.
This patch fixes that, so we do WB_ON_ITR for Legacy as well. Plus the issue
that we should still be setting NO_ITR if we are touching the DYN_CTLN register
since we do not want to change ITR setting here.
Change-ID: I5db8491ee1544118a389db839cecc93e1bbc480e
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
lan_vsi_idx and lan_vsi_id are assigned to u16 data sized variables but
declared in u8. This patch fixes the width of the datatype.
Change-ID: If4bcbcc7d32f2b287c51cb33d17879691258dce2
Signed-off-by: Pandi Kumar Maharajan <pandi.maharajan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump AQ minor version to 1.5 for new FW features.
Change-ID: I5a790f7f519a2a8921aaa1c5663727dd1897ffec
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new AQ command and struct for managing a thermal sensor.
Change-ID: I6f5631839a0f3dca352a6c222f1269a960e2310a
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new Cisco VXLAN-GPE cloud tunnel type for the Add Cloud Filter
and UDP tunnel AQ commands.
Change-ID: I2c093c7d79726c7fca08a36e5c63581a905da3d2
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new Set Switch Config AdminQ command, and mark the L2 Filter
bit as deprecated in the Add VEB command.
Change-ID: I5b24790f14c56f0ddf3f70df1e486844146b039f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add flags to MAC allocation requests to signify that the MAC VLAN filters
should come from the shared resource pool rather than the dedicated PF
resource pools.
Change-ID: I4c2da64c01856edcb0982bc4aab75c5a91047a7a
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-02-15
This series contains updates to igb only.
Shota Suzuki cleans up unnecessary flag setting for 82576 in
igb_set_flag_queue_pairs() since the default block already sets
IGB_FLAG_QUEUE_PAIRS to the correct value anyways, so the e1000_82576
code block is not necessary and we can simply fall through. Then fixes
an issue where IGB_FLAG_QUEUE_PAIRS can now be set by using "ethtool -L"
option but is never cleared unless the driver is reloaded, so clear the
queue pairing if the pairing becomes unnecessary as a result of "ethtool
-L".
Mitch fixes the igbvf from giving up if it fails to get the hardware
mailbox lock. This can happen when the PF-VF communication channel is
heavily loaded and causes complete communications failure between the
PF and VF drivers, so add a counter and a delay so that the driver will
now retry ten times before giving up on getting the mailbox lock.
The remaining patches in the series are from Alex Duyck, starting with the
cleaning up code that sets the MAC address. Then refactors the VFTA and
VLVF configuration, to simplify and update to similar setups in the ixgbe
driver. Fixed an issue were VLANs headers size was being added to the
value programmed into the RLPML registers, yet these registers already
take into account the size of the VLAN headers when determining the
maximum packet length, so we can drop the code that adds the size to
the RLPML registers. Cleaned up the configuration of the VF port based
VLAN configuration. Also fixed the igb driver so that we can fully
support SR-IOV or the recently added NTUPLE filtering while allowing
support for VLAN promiscuous mode. Also added the ability to use the
bridge utility to add a FDB entry for the PF to an igb port.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also print an error message incase we do have to reconfigure as this
should no longer happen anymore due to ethtool changes. If it somehow
does occur, user should be made aware of it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a workaround partially implemented for the 82576 that is needed
in order for VLAN tag stripping to function correctly. The original code
had side effects that would make it so the workaround was active on all
MACs. I have updated the code so that the workaround is enabled, but
limited to the 82576, or activated if we exceed the available unicast
addresses.
The workaround has a side effect of mirroring all of the traffic outgoing
from the VFs back to the PF. As such it is not recommended to use the
82576 in promiscuous mode as it will take a performance hit, though this is
now consistent with the performance as seen on the out-of-tree igb driver.
I also limited the scope of the UTA bits all being set to only when the
VMOLR register is enabled. This should limit the effects of the UTA
register so that we don't pick up any excess traffic unless promiscuous
mode has been enabled on the PF, whereas before the PF would have ended up
in something equivalent to unicast promiscuous mode with VLAN filtering
otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can use the bridge utility to add a FDB
entry for the PF to an igb port. By doing this we can enable the VFs to
talk to virtual ports residing on top of the PF.
In addition this should also address issues with MACVLANs trying to reside
on top of the PF as well as they would have had similar issues when added
to the PF with SR-IOV enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch drops several checks that we dropped from ixgbe some ago. It
should not be possible for us to be called with either of the conditional
statements returning true so we can just drop them from the hot-path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes things so that we can fully support SR-IOV or the
recently added NTUPLE filtering while allowing support for VLAN promiscuous
mode. By making this change we are able to support possible scenarios such
as SR-IOV with the PF connected to a Linux bridge hosting other VMs.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to clean-up the configuration of the VF port based VLAN
configuration. The original logic was a bit muddled and had some
undesirable side effects such as VLANs being either completely stripped
from the port or VLANs being left when they shouldn't be. The idea behind
this code is to avoid any events such as spurious spoof notifications when
we are removing one VLAN tag and replacing it with another.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can merge the configuration of the VLVF
registers into the setting of the VFTA register. By doing this we simplify
the logic and make use of similar functionality that we have already added
for ixgbe making it easier to maintain both drivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that we always add VLAN 0. This is important as we
need to guarantee the PF can receive untagged frames in the case of SR-IOV
being enabled but VLAN filtering not being enabled in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RLPML registers already take the size of VLAN headers into account when
determining the maximum packet length. This is called out in EAS documents
for several parts including the 82576 and the i350. As such we can drop
the addition of size to the value programmed into the RLPML registers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the igb driver is using page based receive there is no point in
limiting the Rx capabilities of the device. The driver can receive 9K
jumbo frames at all times. The only changes needed due to MTU changes are
updates for the FIFO sizes and flow-control watermarks.
Update the maximum frame size to reflect the 9.5K limitation of the
hardware, and replace all instances of max_frame_size with
MAX_JUMBO_FRAME_SIZE when referring to an Rx FIFO or frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch starts the clean-up process on the VFTA configuration.
Specifically in this patch I attempt to address and simplify several items
while also updating the code to bring it more inline with what is already
in ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Drop a bunch of hand written byte swapping code in favor of just doing the
byte swapping ourselves. The registers are little endian registers storing
a big endian value so if we read the MAC address array as little endian
then we will get the CPU registers into the proper layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver shouldn't just give up if it fails to get the hardware
mailbox lock. This can happen in a situation where the PF-VF
communication channel is heavily loaded and causes complete
communications failure between the PF and VF drivers.
Add a counter and a delay. The driver will now retry ten times, waiting
one millisecond between retries.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By the commit 72ddef0506 ("igb: Fix oops caused by missing queue
pairing"), the IGB_FLAG_QUEUE_PAIRS flag can now be set when changing the
number of queues by "ethtool -L", but it is never cleared unless the igb
driver is reloaded.
This patch clears it if queue pairing becomes unnecessary as a result of
"ethtool -L".
Signed-off-by: Shota Suzuki <suzuki_shota_t3@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If VFs are enabled (max_vfs >= 1), both max_rss_queues and
adapter->rss_queues are set to 2 in the case of e1000_82576.
In this case, IGB_FLAG_QUEUE_PAIRS is always set in the default block as a
result of fall-through, thus setting it in the e1000_82576 block is not
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Shota Suzuki <suzuki_shota_t3@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is an opportunity to bulk free SKBs during reclaiming of
resources after DMA transmit completes in ixgbe_clean_tx_irq. Thus,
bulk freeing at this point does not introduce any added latency.
Simply use napi_consume_skb() which were recently introduced. The
napi_budget parameter is needed by napi_consume_skb() to detect if it
is called from netpoll.
Benchmarking IPv4-forwarding, on CPU i7-4790K @4.2GHz (no turbo boost)
Single CPU/flow numbers: before: 1982144 pps -> after : 2064446 pps
Improvement: +82302 pps, -20 nanosec, +4.1%
(SLUB and GCC version 5.1.1 20150618 (Red Hat 5.1.1-4))
Joint work with Alexander Duyck.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some missing reporting/advertisement of 100Mb capability
for adapters that support it.
Change-ID: I8b8523fbdc99517bec29d90c71b3744db11542ac
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new External Device Power Ability field to the get_link_status data
structure, using space from the reserved field at the end of the struct.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the name of the new cloud tunnel type from the place-holder NGE
name to the official Geneve. Also fix the spelling of the VXLAN type.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Add the AQ opcode and struct definitions for the Run PHY Activity command
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X710/XL710 devices require FW version checks to properly handle DCB
configurations from the FW. Newer devices do not, so limit these checks
to X710/XL710.
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new proxy-wake-on-lan capability bit available with the
new X722 device.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As done per ixgbe, use a private workqueue to avoid blocking the
system workqueue. This avoids some strange side effects when
some other entity is depending on the system work queue.
Change-ID: Ic8ba08f5b03696cf638b21afd25fbae7738d55ee
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add write-back on interrupt throttle rate timer expiration support
for the i40evf driver, when running on X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PCTYPES for the X710 and X722 families are different. This patch
makes adjustments for that.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds another way to access the RSS keys and lut using the AQ
for X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the KX and QSFP device IDs for X722.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The restart-autoneg work around does not apply to X722.
Added a flag to set it only for the right MAC and right FW version
where the work around should be applied.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Change-ID: I942c3ff40cccd1e56f424b1da776b020fe3c9d2a
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we check these ring pointers to make sure we don't double-allocate
or double-free the rings, we had better null them out after we free
them. In very rare cases this can cause a panic if the driver is removed
during reset recovery.
Change-ID: Ib06eb4910a3058275c8f7ec5ef7f45baa4674f96
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The device capabilities were defined in two places, and neither had all
the definitions. It really belongs with the AQ API definition, so this
patch removes the other set of definitions and fills out the missing item.
Change-ID: I273ba7d79a476cd11d2e0ca5825fec1716740de2
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some modes, bonding would not enslave VF interfaces. This is due to
bonding calling change_mtu and the immediately calling open. Because of
the asynchronous nature of the admin queue mechanism, the VF returns
-EBUSY to the open call, because it knows the previous operation hasn't
finished yet. This causes bonding to fail with a less-than-useful error
message.
To fix this, remove the check for pending operations at the beginning of
open. But this introduces a new bug where the driver will panic on a
quick close/open cycle. To fix that, we add a new driver state,
__I40EVF_DOWN_PENDING, that the driver enters when down is called. The
driver finally transitions to a fully DOWN state when it receives
confirmation from the PF driver that all the queues are disabled. This
allows open to complete even if there is a pending mtu change, and
bonding is finally happy.
Change-ID: I06f4c7e435d5bacbfceaa7c3f209e0ff04be21cc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
100M SGMII is only supported on X722. Replace the mac check with
a feature flag check that is only set for the X722 device.
Change-ID: I53452d9af6af8cd9dca8500215fbc6ce93418f52
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the Hash PCTYPE enable for X722 since it supports
a broader selection of PCTYPES for TCP and UDP.
This patch also fixes a bug in XL710, X710, X722 support for RSS,
as of now we cannot reduce the (4)tuple for RSS for TCP/IPv4/IPV6 or
UDP/IPv4/IPv6 packets since this requires a product feature change
that comes in a later release.
A VF should never be allowed to change the tuples for RSS for any
PCTYPE since that's a global setting for the device in case of i40e
devices.
Change-ID: I0ee7203c9b24813260f58f3220798bc9d9ac4a12
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add MAC filter element to the end of the list in the given order,
just to be tidy, and just in case there are ever any ordering issues in
the future.
Change-ID: Idc15276147593ea9393ac72c861f9c7905a791b4
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
intel/i40e/i40e_txrx.c: In function 'i40e_xmit_frame_ring':
intel/i40e/i40e_txrx.c:2367:20: error: 'oiph' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
intel/i40e/i40e_txrx.c:2317:16: note: 'oiph' was declared here
intel/i40e/i40e_txrx.c:2367:17: error: 'oudph' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
intel/i40e/i40e_txrx.c:2316:17: note: 'oudph' was declared here
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes following build warnings :
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:7057:13: warning:
'i40e_sync_udp_filters_subtask' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:8524:13: warning:
'i40e_add_vxlan_port' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:8569:13: warning:
'i40e_del_vxlan_port' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:8604:13: warning:
'i40e_add_geneve_port' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c:8651:13: warning:
'i40e_del_geneve_port' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Fixes: 6a89902405 ("i40e: geneve tunnel offload support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
floppy: make local variable non-static
exynos: fixes an incorrect header guard
dt-bindings: fixes some incorrect header guards
cpufreq-dt: correct dead link in documentation
cpufreq: ARM big LITTLE: correct dead link in documentation
treewide: Fix typos in printk
Documentation: filesystem: Fix typo in fs/eventfd.c
fs/super.c: use && instead of & for warn_on condition
Documentation: fix sysfs-ptp
lib: scatterlist: fix Kconfig description
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-01-08
This series contains updates to ixgbe only.
Vasu provides three fixes for ixgbe, first assigns a minimum credit to
a traffic class to resolve a Tx hang for CEE mode configuration. Second
fix changes the driver to use netdev->fcoe_ddp_xid instead of our local
IXGBE_FCOE_DDP_MAX, since it is correctly set for our different devices
and avoids a DDP skip error on X550. Lastly fix the PFC configuration
to include X550 devices.
Emil provides a fix for reporting the speed in ethtool by using the
stored value in out adapter structure. This is due to external drivers
may end up with unknown speed when calling ethtool_get_settings().
Mark fixes the handling of any outer UDP checksum, by passing the
skb up with CHECKSUM_NONE when an outer UDP checksum is set. This
will cause the stack to check the checksum, also do not increment an
error counter because we do not really know if there is an actual error.
Ixgbe ATR was not handling IPv6 extended headers, so ATR is not being
performed on such packets. Fix this by skipping extended headers
when they are present.
Usha fixes an issue with X550 and getting FDMI HBA attributes when
FCoE support is enabled.
Neerav fixes an issue for X550 when FCoE and SR-IOV are enabled, which
the hardware generates MDD events. Resolve this by setting the expected
values in the transmit context descriptors for FCoE/FIP frames and
adding a flush after writing the RDLEN register.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now ATR is not handling IPv6 extended headers, so ATR is not
being performed on such packets. Fix that by skipping extended
headers when they are present. This also fixes a problem where
the ATR code was not checking that the inner protocol was actually
TCP before setting up the signature rules. Since the protocol check
is intimately involved with the extended header processing as well,
this all gets fixed together.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When FCoE is enabled with SR-IOV on the X550 NIC the hardware
generates MDD events.
This patch fixes these by setting the expected values in the
Tx context descriptors for FCoE/FIP frames and adding a flush
after writing the RDLEN register.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check whether the FCOE support is enabled for the devices to get the
FDMI HBA attributes information instead of checking each device id.
Also, add Model string information for X550.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an outer UDP checksum is set, pass the skb up with CHECKSUM_NONE
so that the stack will check the checksum. Do not increment an
error counter, because we don't know that there is an actual error.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbe_get_settings() the link status and speed of the interface
are determined based on a read from the LINKS register via the call
to mac.ops.check.link(). This can cause issues where external drivers
may end up with unknown speed when calling ethtool_get_setings().
Instead of calling the mac.ops.check_link() we can report the speed
from the adapter structure which is populated by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
PFC is configuration is skipped for X550 devices due to a incorrect
device id check, fixing that to include X550 PFC configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use fcoe_ddp_xid from netdev as this is correctly set for different
device IDs to avoid DDP skip error on X550 as "xid=0x20b out-of-range"
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently credit_refill and credit_max could be zero for a TC and that
is causing Tx hang for CEE mode configuration, so to fix that have at
min credit assigned to a TC and that is as what IEEE mode already does.
Change-ID: If652c133093a21e530f4e9eab09097976f57fb12
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Somehow an ID that has never been productized is in the
code. There are no plans to use it, so just get
rid of it.
Change-ID: I59117d48ea9ee0360b0fe33833ac8092f8a24b4c
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the driver calls skb_set_hash even with a zero hash, that
indicates to the stack that the hash calculation is offloaded
in hardware. So the Stack doesn't do a SW hash which is required
for load balancing if the user decides to turn of rx-hashing
on our device.
This patch fixes the path so that we do not call skb_set_hash
if the feature is disabled.
Change-ID: Ic4debfa4ff91b5a72e447348a75768ed7a2d3e1b
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is the i40e equivalent of commit c762dff24c ("ixgbe: Look up MAC
address in Open Firmware or IDPROM").
As with that fix, attempt to look up the MAC address in Open Firmware
on systems that support it, and use IDPROM on SPARC if no OF address
is found.
In the case of the i40e there is an assumption that the default mac
address has already been set up as the primary mac filter on probe,
so if this filter is obtained from the Open Firmware or IDPROM, an
explicit write is needed via i40e_aq_mac_address_write() and
i40e_aq_add_macvlan() invocation.
The I40E_FLAG_PF_MAC flag in the platform-private i40e_pf structure
tracks whether a platform-specific mac address was found, in which
case calls to i40e_aq_mac_address_write() and i40e_aq_add_macvlan()
will be triggered.
Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the user to specify a zero MAC address for VFs. This removes the
existing MAC address and allows the VF to use a random address. Libvirt
does this normally when removing a VF from a VM.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When VFs are being reset, there is a brief window of time when they
cannot be configured because they don't have a VSI to configure. If
a script is quick, it can fall through that window. To avoid
defenestration, log a useful error message and return -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When I had rewritten the code for ixgbe_clear_vf_vlans() it looks like I
had transitioned back and forth between using word as an offset and using
word as a register offset. As a result I honestly don't see how the code
was working before other than the fact that resetting the VLANs on the VF
like didn't do much to clear them.
Another issue found is that the mask was using a divide instead of a
modulus. As a result the mask bit was incorrectly being set to either bit
0 or 1 based on the value of the VF being tested. As a result the wrong
VFs were having their VLANs cleared if they were enabled.
I have updated the code so that word represents the offset in the array.
This way we can use the modulus and xor operations and they will make sense
instead of being performed on a 4 byte aligned value.
I replaced the statement "(word % 2) ^ 1" with "~word % 2" in order to
reduce the line length as the line exceeded 80 characters with the register
name inserted. The two should be equivalent so the change should be safe.
Reported-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X550EM_x revision check needs to check a value, not just a bit.
Use a mask and check the value. Also remove the redundant check
inside the ixgbe_enter_lplu_t_x550em, because it can only be called
when both the mac type and revision check pass.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550 allows for up to 64 RSS queues, but the driver can have max
of 63 (-1 MSIX vector for link).
On systems with >= 64 CPUs the driver will set the redirection table
for all 64 queues which will result in packets being dropped.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up minor redundancy in the setting of hw_enc_features that
makes it appears that X550 uniquely has more encapsulation features
than other devices. The driver only supports one more feature, so
make it look that way. No longer set NETIF_F_SG since that is set
by the register_netdev call. Thanks to Alex Duyck for noticing this
slight confusion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool reports backplane type interfaces as 1000/10000baseT link modes.
This has been corrected to report the media as KR, KX or KX4 based on the
backplane interface present.
Signed-off-by: Veola Nazareth <veola.nazareth@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add missing QSFP PHY types to allow for more accurate reporting of
port settings.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
adapter->rx_itr_setting is not a mask so check it with == instead of &
do not default to 12K interrupts in ixgbevf_set_itr()
There should be no functional effect from these changes.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is the same patch as for ixgbe but applied differently according to
busy polling. See commit 5d6002b7b8 ("ixgbe: Fix handling of NAPI
budget when multiple queues are enabled per vector")
Signed-off-by: William Dauchy <william@gandi.net>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tri-states need 'if IS_ENABLED()', booleans should use 'ifdef'.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cleanup a number of issues with function header comments, lower-case
acronyms (i.e. FIFO, TLV), duplicate comments and a stubbed-out header
comment for fm10k_sm_mbx_init.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These structures never change so declare them as const.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When comparing MAC addresses, use ether_addr_equal instead of memcmp to
ETH_ALEN length. Found and replaced using the following sed:
sed -e 's/memcmp\x28\(.*\), ETH_ALEN\x29/!ether_addr_equal\x28\1\x29/'
Reported-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to cleanup the exception handling for the paths where
we reset the interrupts and then reconfigure them. In all of these paths
we had very different levels of exception handling. I have updated the
driver so that all of the paths should result in a similar state if we
fail.
Specifically the driver will now unload the mailbox interrupt, free the
queue vectors and MSI-X, and then detach the interface.
In addition for any of the PCIe related resets I have added a check with
the hw_ready function to just make sure the registers are in a readable
state prior to reopening the interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The TLV format for little endian structures is actually 4 byte aligned
copy. To this end, we need to add an additional __aligned(4) marker
along with __packed to ensure that these structures are actually 4 byte
aligned and packed correctly. Use of just __packed will not work as this
will result in 1byte alignment which is incorrect. Add a comment
explaining the reasoning behind why these structures need the special
treatment.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cleans up checkpatch GLOBAL_INITIALIZERS error
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/geneve.c
Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a call to geneve_get_rx_port in i40e so that when it
comes up it can learn about the existing geneve tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the Kconfig file with dependency for supporting GENEVE tunnel
offloads.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds driver hooks to implement ndo_ops to add/del
udp port in the HW to identify GENEVE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The name NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is a misnomer. This does not correspond to the
set of features for offloading all checksums. This is a mask of the
checksum offload related features bits. It is incorrect to set both
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM and NETIF_F_IP_CSUM or NETIF_F_IPV6 at the same time for
features of a device.
This patch:
- Changes instances of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM to NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK (where
NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is being used as a mask).
- Changes bonding, sfc/efx, ipvlan, macvlan, vlan, and team drivers to
use NEITF_F_HW_CSUM in features list instead of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP checksum is really a CRC and is very different from the
standards 1's complement checksum that serves as the checksum
for IP protocols. This offload interface is also very different.
Rename NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to highlight these
differences. The term CSUM should be reserved in the stack to refer
to the standard 1's complement IP checksum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the introduction of 82574 support in e1000e, the driver has worked
on the assumption that msi-x interrupt generation is automatically
disabled after each irq. As it turns out, this is not the case.
Currently, rx interrupts can fire multiple times before and during napi
processing. This can be a problem for users because frames that arrive
in a certain window (after adapter->clean_rx() but before
napi_complete_done() has cleared NAPI_STATE_SCHED) generate an interrupt
which does not lead to napi_schedule(). These frames sit in the rx queue
until another frame arrives (a tcp retransmit for example).
While the EIAC and CTRL_EXT registers are properly configured for irq
automask, the modification of IAM in e1000_configure_msix() is what
prevents automask from working as intended.
This patch removes that erroneous write and fixes interrupt rearming for
tx interrupts. It also clears IAME from CTRL_EXT. This is not strictly
necessary for operation of the driver but it is to avoid disruption from
potential programs that access the registers directly, like `ethregs -c`.
Reported-by: Frank Steiner <steiner-reg@bio.ifi.lmu.de>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In msi-x mode, there is no handler for the lsc interrupt so there is no
point in writing that to ics now that we always assume Other interrupts
are caused by lsc.
Reviewed-by: Jasna Hodzic <jhodzic@ucdavis.edu>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removes the ICR read in the other interrupt handler, uses EIAC to
autoclear the Other bit from ICR and IMS. This allows us to avoid
interference with Rx and Tx interrupts in the Other interrupt handler.
The information read from ICR is not needed. IMS is configured such that
the only interrupt cause that can trigger the Other interrupt is Link
Status Change.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
msi-x interrupts are not shared so there's no need to check if the
interrupt was really from this adapter.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the ethtool self-test gstrings/data arrays were accessed via
hardcoded indices, which made the code difficult to follow. This patch
replaces the hardcoded values with enum-based labels.
Signed-off-by: Joe Schultz <jschultz@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the PHY-specific code to get the cable length for the
I210 internal and related PHYs was reporting the cable length of a
single pair and reporting it as the min, max, and total cable length.
Update it so that all four pairs are checked so the true min, max,
and average cable lengths are reported.
Signed-off-by: Joe Schultz <jschultz@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no reason to add the PHY address into the PCDL register address.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I210 internal PHY can be accessed just as well with the access
functions shared by 82580, I350, and I354 devices. A side effect of
relying on the common functions, is that I210 cable length support
is folded back into the common case which effectively reverts the
following commit:
commit 59f301046b
Author: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Date: Wed Oct 10 04:42:59 2012 +0000
igb: Update get cable length function for i210/i211
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function e1000e_up always returns 0. As such we can convert it to a
void and just ignore the results. This allows us to drop some code in a
couple spots as we no longer need to worry about non-zero return values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to ixgbe and i40e, initialize XPS on driver load so that we can
take advantage of this kernel feature.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make functions that should be static. While we're at it, fix the function
header comment for fm10k_tlv_attr_nest_stop(), and update the copyright
header for fm10k_pf.h, fm10k_tlv.c and fm10k_tlv.h.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function declaration does not need to be 'inline'd here.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses two issues.
First is the fact that the fm10k_mbx_free_irq was assuming msix_entries was
valid and that will not always be the case. As such we need to add a check
for if it is NULL.
Second is the fact that we weren't freeing the IRQ if the mailbox API
returned an error on trying to connect.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the q_vector allocation fails we should free the resources associated
with the MSI-X vector table.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rather than wrapping fm10k_dcbnl.c and fm10k_debugfs.c support with
#ifdef blocks, just conditionally include the .o files in the Makefile.
Also, since we're modifying it, update the copyright year on the
Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We haven't bumped the driver version in a while despite many fixes being
pulled in from the out-of-tree Sourceforge driver. Update the version to
match.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using lowercase vlan, vid, or VID, always use VLAN or VLAN ID
in comments when referring to VLANs. The original driver code was
consistent, but recent patches have not been as consistent with this
naming scheme.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Improve code style by removing the unnecessary else block of an if
statement which immediately returns.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid the use of CamelCase for some variable names that previously
slipped through review.
Reported-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the ether_addr_copy function instead of copying byte-by-byte in a
for-loop by hand.
Reported-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-12-12
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e and igb.
Joern Engel fixes up the e1000 driver to reduce scheduler latencies by
making the eeprom read/write functions scheduler friendly by using a mutex
lock instead of a spin lock.
Todd adds code for igb to initialize the 88E1543 PHY properly. Then fixed
igb to use the correct i210 register for EEMNGCTL, since the i210 has two
EEPROM access registers (EEARBC and EEMNGCTL).
Dmitry Vyukov provides a fix for e1000 to resolve a data race found with
KernelThreadSanitizer (KTSAN), where no memory barriers were being used
when buffers get recycled, so the recycled buffers can be corrupted. So
use smp_store_release() to update tx_ring->next_to_clean and
smp_load_acquire() to read tx_ring->next_to_clean to properly hand off
buffers from e1000_clean_tx_irq() to e1000_xmit_frame().
Jarod Wilson fixes igb so that we do not try to unmap a NULL hw_addr. Then
cleaned up array_rd32() so that it uses igb_rd32() the same as rd32() and
use io_addr() in more places so that we do not have to call E1000_REMOVED().
Janusz Wolak cleans up the e1000 driver by correcting warnings produced
by checkpatch.pl for the driver.
Jean Sacren provides several patches with general cleanups for e1000 and
e1000e, which include code comment fix-ups and cleanup of local variables
not needed.
Dmitry Fleytman fixes a possible division by zero in the receive interrupt
handler for e1000e when working without adaptive interrupt moderation,
which is typically disabled on jumbo MTUs.
Raanan increases the timeout of the polling bit due to timing changes to
the ME firmware on a platform, so increase the timeout to 300ms. Added
initial support for i219-LM, which is a LOM that will be available on
systems with the Lewisburg Platform Controller HUB (PCH) chipset.
Jan Beulich fixes a NULL dereference in igb, due to the adapter->vf _data
being NULL while adapter->vfs_allocated_count is non-zero.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i219-LM (3) is a LOM that will be available on systems with the
Lewisburg Platform Controller Hub (PCH) chipset from Intel.
This patch provides the initial support for the device.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up array_rd32 so that it uses igb_rd32 the same as rd32, per the
suggestion of Alexander Duyck, and use io_addr in more places, so that
we don't have the need to call E1000_REMOVED (which simply looks for a
null hw_addr) nearly as much.
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The combined effect of commits 6423fc3416 ("igb: do not re-init SR-IOV
during probe") and ceee3450b3 ("igb: make sure SR-IOV init uses the
right number of queues") causes VFs no longer getting set up, leading
to NULL pointer dereferences due to the adapter's ->vf_data being NULL
while ->vfs_allocated_count is non-zero. The first commit not only
neglected the side effect of igb_sriov_reinit() that the second commit
tried to account for, but also that of setting IGB_FLAG_HAS_MSIX,
without which igb_enable_sriov() is effectively a no-op. Calling
igb_{,re}set_interrupt_capability() as done here seems to address this,
but I'm not sure whether this is better than sinply reverting the other
two commits.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to timing changes to the ME firmware in Skylake, this timer
needs to be increased to 300ms.
Signed-off-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes possible division by zero in receive
interrupt handler when working without adaptive interrupt
moderation.
The adaptive interrupt moderation mechanism is typically
disabled on jumbo MTUs.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fleytman <dmitry@daynix.com>
Signed-off-by: Leonid Bloch <leonid@daynix.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By using goto statement, we can achieve sharing the same exit path so
that code duplication could be minimized.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to historical reason, 'phy_data' has never been included in the
kernel doc. Fix it so that the requirement could be fulfilled.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The local variable 'ret' doesn't serve much purpose so we might as well
clean it up.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use 'That' to replace 'The' so that the comment would make sense.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The checking logic needed some clean-up work, so we rewrite it by
checking for break first. With that change in place, we can even move
the second check for goto statement outside of the loop.
As this is merely a cleanup, no functional change is involved. The
questionable 'tmp != 0xFF' is intentionally left alone.
Mark Rustad and Alexander Duyck contributed to this patch.
CC: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
CC: Alex Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i210 has two EEPROM access registers that are located in
non-standard offsets: EEARBC and EEMNGCTL. EEARBC was fixed previously
and EEMNGCTL should also be corrected.
Reported-by: Roman Hodek <roman.aud@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Wolak <januszvdm@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000_clean_tx_irq cleans buffers and sets tx_ring->next_to_clean,
then e1000_xmit_frame reuses the cleaned buffers. But there are no
memory barriers when buffers gets recycled, so the recycled buffers
can be corrupted.
Use smp_store_release to update tx_ring->next_to_clean and
smp_load_acquire to read tx_ring->next_to_clean to properly
hand off buffers from e1000_clean_tx_irq to e1000_xmit_frame.
The data race was found with KernelThreadSanitizer (KTSAN).
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Code was responsible for ~150ms scheduler latencies.
Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Spencer Baugh <sbaugh@catern.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Generate version strings like the PF driver does. This gives us more
flexibility to add suffixes to the version string at build time.
Change-ID: I0a5ca0783dd8fb849516bfc1e37ea070127847bd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean the whole mac filter list when resetting after an intermediate
add or delete push to the firmware. The code had evolved from using
a list from the stack to a heap allocation, but the memset() didn't
follow the change correctly. This now cleans the whole list rather
that just part of the first element.
Change-ID: I4cd03d5a103b7407dd8556a3a231e800f2d6f2d5
Reported-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X722 supports Expanded version of TCP, UDP PCTYPES for RSS.
Add a Virtchnl offload to support this.
Without this patch with X722 devices, driver will set wrong PCTYPES
for VF and UDP flows will not fan out.
Change-ID: I04fe4988253b7cd108c9179a643c969764efcb76
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These messages seem big and scary, but they're really not. The driver
can fully recover from any of these. The overflow error in particular
can happen when enabling a bunch of VFs and the VF driver is not
blacklisted.
Since these messages are really for debugging purposes, reclassify
them as such.
Change-ID: I628d0f5e135e7063450ba05393a50b7af23aa6d7
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a part of implementation which contains data structures and
opcode for new AQ command. There's a new ARQ message that gets sent
near the end of the NVM update process that the driver should recognize
and ignore, rather than printing an Unknown Event error.
Change-ID: I04830a5bcae14823e16b9424cc4165e169336c1f
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the driver gets unloaded during reset recovery, it's possible
that it will attempt to free resources when they're already free.
Add a check to make sure that the Tx and Rx rings actually exist
before dereferencing them to free resources.
Change-ID: I4d2b7e9ede49f634d421a4c5deaa5446bc755eee
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When VFs are created, the MAC address defaults to all zeros, indicating
to the VF driver that it should use a random MAC address. However, the
PF driver was incorrectly adding this zero MAC to the filter table,
along with the VF's randomly generated MAC address.
Check for a good address before adding the default filter. While we're
at it, make the error message a bit more useful.
Change-ID: Ia100947d68140e0f73a19ba755cbffc3e79a8fcf
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The virtual channel interface was using incorrect semantics to remove
MAC addresses, which would leave incorrect filters active when using
VLANs. To correct this, add a new function that unconditionally removes
MAC addresses from all VLANs, and call this function when the VF
requests a MAC filter removal.
Change-ID: I69826908ae4f6c847f5bf9b32f11faa760189c74
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
BIT_ULL was used on a u32 or less where it can simply be BIT. This
fixes some trivial static analyzer warnings. Chomp, chomp.
Tested with objdump of binary before and after, no changes to code.
Change-ID: I6245e9abd447192dbde1669c747aeb2878126c7d
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some X550 devices can connect at 2.5Gbps during fail-over, but only
with certain link partners. Also setting the advertised speed will
not work so we do not report it as supported to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch guarantees that the VFs do not have access to VLANs that they
were not supposed to. What this patch does is add code so that we delete
the previous port VLAN after adding a new one, and if we reset the VF we
clear all of the filters associated with it.
Previously the code was leaving all previous VLANs mapped to the VF and
they didn't get deleted unless the VF specifically requested it or if the
PF itself was reset.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes certain that we clear the pool mappings added when we
configure default MAC addresses for the interface. Without this we run the
risk of leaking an address into pool 0 which really belongs to VF 0 when
SR-IOV is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a follow-on for enabling VLAN promiscuous and allowing the PF
to add VLANs without adding a VLVF entry. What this patch does is go
through and free the VLVF registers if they are not needed as the VLAN
belongs only to the PF which is the default pool.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for VLAN promiscuous with SR-IOV enabled.
The code prior to this patch was only adding the PF to VLANs that the VF
had added. As such enabling promiscuous mode would actually not add any
additional VLAN filters so visibility was limited. This lead to a number
of issues as the bridge and OVS would expect us to accept all VLAN tagged
packets when promiscuous mode was enabled, and instead we would filter out
most if not all depending on the configuration of the PF.
With this patch what we do is set all the bits in the VFTA and all of the
VLVF bits associated with the pool belonging to the PF. By doing this the
PF is guaranteed to receive all VLAN tagged traffic associated with the RAR
filters assigned to the PF. In addition we will clean up those same bits
in the event of promiscuous mode being disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to reduce the complexity of the search function used
for finding a VLVF entry associated with a given VLAN ID. The previous
code was searching from bottom to top. I reordered it to search from top
to bottom. In addition I pulled an AND statement out of the loop and
instead replaced it with an OR statement outside the loop. This should
help to reduce the overall size and complexity of the function.
There was also some formatting I cleaned up in regards to whitespace and
such.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for bypassing the VLVF entry creation when the PF
is adding a new VLAN. The advantage to doing this is that we can then save
the VLVF entries for the VFs which must have them in order to function,
versus the PF which can fall back on the default pool entry.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses several issues within the VLVF and VLVFB
configuration
First was the fact that code was overly complicated with multiple
conditional paths depending on if we adding or removing and which bit we
were going to add or remove. Instead of messing with all that I have
simplified it by using (vid / 32) and (1 - vid / 32) to identify our
register and the other vlvfb register.
Second was the fact that we were likely leaking a few packets into the PF
in cases where we were deleting an entry and the VFTA filter for that entry
as the ordering was such that we deleted the pool and then the VLAN filter
instead of the other way around. I have updated that by adding a check for
no bits being set and if that occurs we clear things up in the proper
order.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to clear the way for upcoming work I thought it best to drop the
level of indent in the ixgbe_set_vfta_generic function. Most of the code
is held in the virtualization specific section. So the easiest approach is
to just add a jump label and jump past the bulk of the code if it is not
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch simplifies the logic for setting the VFTA register by removing
the number of conditional checks needed. Instead we just use some boolean
logic to generate vfta_delta, and if that is set then we xor the vfta by
that value and write it back.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code for checking the PF bit in ixgbe_set_vf_vlan_msg was using the
wrong offset and as a result it was pulling the VLAN off of the PF even if
there were VFs numbered greater than 40 that still had the VLAN enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a check to make certain mac_table was actually allocated and is not
NULL. If it is NULL return -ENOMEM and allow the probe routine to fail
rather then causing a NULL pointer dereference further down the line.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fix multiple spelling typos found in
various part of kernel.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This reverts commit 8fe269991a.
The case where VXLAN is a module and i40e driver is inbuilt
will not be handled properly with this change since i40e
will have an undefined symbol vxlan_get_rx_port in it.
v2: Add a signed-off-by.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current default ITR for Tx is overly restrictive. Using a simple
netperf TCP_STREAM test, we top out at about 10Gb/s for a single thread
when running using 1500 byte frames. By reducing the ITR value to 25usec
(up to 40K interrupts a second from 10K), we are able to achieve 36Gb/s
for a single thread TCP stream test.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The existing adaptive ITR algorithm is overly restrictive. It throttles
incorrectly for various traffic rates, and does not produce good
performance. The algorithm now allows for more interrupts per second,
and does some calculation to help improve for smaller packet loads. In
addition, take into account the new itr_scale from the hardware which
indicates how much to scale due to PCIe link speed.
Reported-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Reported-by: Alex Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Define a macro for identifying when the itr value is dynamic or
adaptive. The concept was taken from i40e. This helps make clear what
the check is, and reduces the line length to something more reasonable
in a few places.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Intel Ethernet Switch FM10000 Host Interface interrupt throttle
timers are based on the PCIe link speed. Because of this, the value
being programmed into the ITR registers must be scaled accordingly.
For the PF, this is as simple as reading the PCIe link speed and storing
the result. However, in the case of SR-IOV, the VF's interrupt throttle
timers are based on the link speed of the PF. However, the VF is unable
to get the link speed information from its configuration space, so the
PF must inform it of what scale to use.
Rather than pass this scale via mailbox message, take advantage of
unused bits in the TDLEN register to pass the scale. It is the
responsibility of the PF to program this for the VF while setting up the
VF queues and the responsibility of the VF to get the information
accordingly. This is preferable because it allows the VF to set up the
interrupts properly during initialization and matches how the MAC
address is passed in the TDBAL/TDBAH registers.
Since we're modifying fm10k_type.h, we may as well also update the
copyright year.
Reported-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Originally this statistic was renamed because the method of dropping was
called "drop_oversized_messages", but this logic has changed much, and
this counter does actually represent messages which we failed to
transmit for a number of reasons. Rename the counter back to tx_dropped
since this is when it will increment, and it is less confusing.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous bug was uncovered by addition of a debug stat to indicate the
actual number of DWORDS we pulled from the mbmem. It turned out this was
not the same as the tx_dwords counter. While the previous bug fix should
have corrected this in all cases, add some debug stats that count the
number of DWORDs pushed or pulled from the mbmem. A future debugger may
take advantage of this statistic for debugging purposes. Since we're
modifying fm10k_mbx.h, update the copyright year as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the resultant data type of the mac_update.mac_upper field is u16,
it does not make sense to typecast u8 variables to u32 first. Since
we're modifying fm10k_pf.c, also update the copyright year.
Reported-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The init_hw function may fail, and in the case of VFs, it might change
the number of maximum queues available. Thus, for every flow which
checks init_hw, we need to ensure that we clear the queue scheme before,
and initialize it after. The fm10k_io_slot_reset path will end up
triggering a reset so fm10k_reinit needs this change. The
fm10k_io_error_detected and fm10k_io_resume also need to properly clear
and reinitialize the queue scheme.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent change modified init_hw in some flows the function may fail on
VF devices. For example, if a VF doesn't yet own its own queues.
However, many callers of init_hw didn't bother to check the error code.
Other callers checked but only displayed diagnostic messages without
actually handling the consequences.
Fix this by (a) always returning and preventing the netdevice from going
up, and (b) printing the diagnostic in every flow for consistency. This
should resolve an issue where VF drivers would attempt to come up
before the PF has finished assigning queues.
In addition, change the dmesg output to explicitly show the actual
function that failed, instead of combining reset_hw and init_hw into a
single check, to help for future debugging.
Fixes: 1d568b0f6424 ("fm10k: do not assume VF always has 1 queue")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF drivers must detect how many queues are available. Previously, the
driver assumed that each VF has at minimum 1 queue. This assumption is
incorrect, since it is possible that the PF has not yet assigned the
queues to the VF by the time the VF checks. To resolve this, we added a
check first to ensure that the first queue is infact owned by the VF at
init_hw_vf time. However, the code flow did not reset hw->mac.max_queues
to 0. In some cases, such as during reinit flows, we call init_hw_vf
without clearing the previous value of hw->mac.max_queues. Due to this,
when init_hw_vf errors out, if its error code is not properly handled
the VF driver may still believe it has queues which no longer belong to
it. Fix this by clearing the hw->mac.max_queues on exit due to errors.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't change netdev hw_features later in fm10k_probe, instead set all
values inside fm10k_alloc_netdev. To do so, we need to know the MAC type
(whether it is PF or VF) in order to determine what to do. This helps
ensure that all logic regarding features is co-located.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/ravb_main.c
kernel/bpf/syscall.c
net/ipv4/ipmr.c
All three conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver were to happen to have a mutex held while
the i40e_init_adminq call was called, the init_adminq might
inadvertently call mutex_init on a lock that was held
which is a violation of the calling semantics.
Fix this by avoiding adminq.c code allocating/freeing this memory, and
then do the same work only once in probe/remove.
Testing Hints (Required if no HSD): for VF, load i40evf in bare metal
and echo 32 > sriov_numvfs; echo 0 > sriov_numvfs in a loop. Yes this
is a horrible thing to do.
Change-ID: Ida263c51b34e195252179e7e5e400d73a99be7a2
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enabling SR-IOV and then bringing the interface up was resulting in the PF
MAC addresses getting into a bad state. Specifically the MAC address was
enabled for both VF 0 and the PF. This resulted in some odd behaviors such
as VF 0 receiving a copy of the PFs traffic, which in turn enables the
ability for VF 0 to spoof the PF.
A workaround for this issue appears to be to bring up the interface first
and then enable SR-IOV as this way the reset is then triggered in the
existing code.
In order to correct this I have added a change to ixgbe_setup_tc where if
the interface is down we still will at least call ixgbe_reset so that the
MAC addresses for the device are reset to the correct pools.
Steps to reproduce issue:
modprobe ixgbe
echo 7 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:01\:00.1/sriov_numvfs
ifconfig enp1s0f1 up
ethregs -s 1:00.1 | grep MPSAR | grep -v 00000000
Result:
MPSAR[0] 00000081
MPSAR[254] 00000001
Expected Result, behavior after patch:
MPSAR[0] 00000080
MPSAR[254] 00000080
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-12-03
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Mitch updates the i40evf driver by increasing the maximum number of queues,
since future devices will allow for more queue pairs. Cleans up a
duplicate printing of the driver info string done in init, since it is
already done in probe. Cleaned up the several allocations which did
not need to be at atomic level, where GFP_KERNEL would work just fine.
Then makes i40e_sync_vsi_filters() a more mature function, make having
a common exit point so it will properly release the busy lock on the VSI
and propagate errors to the callers. Then does some whitespace
housekeeping in i40evf.
Kiran moves and updates the detection/recovery of transmit queue hang code
to service_task from tx_timeout function. Also fixed memory leak when
users program flow-director filter using ethtool (sideband filter
programming), the cause being the check of 'tx_buffer->skb' was preventing
'raw_buf' from being freed as part of the cleanup.
Jesse enabled the ability to turn off/on packet split using ethtool priv
flags. Then does some housekeeping for both the i40e and i40evf drivers
which includes: remove unused/useless code, correct whitespace, remove
duplicate #include, fix incorrect comment, etc...
Neerav cleans up functions to gather Flow Control Rx XOFF stats, since
the recent change in the driver logic for checking transmit hang has been
moved, so these functions do not do anything meaningful any longer.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7fd89545f3 ("i40e: remove BUG_ON from feature string building")
added defective output when I40E_FLAG_VEB_MODE_ENABLED was set in
function i40e_print_features.
Fix it.
Miscellanea:
- Remove unnecessary string variable
- Add space before not after fixed strings
- Use kmalloc not kzalloc
- Don't initialize i to 0, use result of first snprintf
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum
offload can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected
cases. Thanks to Tom Herbert for noticing these problems. Thanks
to Alexander Duyck for seeing how to coalesce the error handling
into one location.
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of inhibiting PHY power control when manageability is
present, only inhibit turning PHY power off when manageability
is present. Consequently, PHY power will always be turned on when
requested. Without this patch, some systems with X540 or X550
devices in some conditions will never get link.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum
offload can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected
cases. Thanks to Tom Herbert for noticing these problems. Thanks
to Alexander Duyck for recognizing problems with the first version
of this patch and recognizing how to coalesce error conditions
into a single location.
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Save VF device pointers and take references to speed accesses used
to monitor the device behavior to avoid slot resets. The saved
information avoids lock contention during the search used to access
each of the VFs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the datasheets, the driver should wait for the master
disable bit to read as being set before checking the status
register for master disable.
Reported-by: Dan Streetman <dan.streetman@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver was violating the specification in the datasheet
by not waiting 1ms before checking for the reset bit clearing. This
is called out for devices supported by ixgbe, so implement the
required delay.
Reported-by: Dan Streetman <dan.streetman@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X550EM_x devices handle clocking differently, so update the
PTP implementation to accommodate them. This involves significant
changes to ixgbe's PTP code to accommodate the new range of
behaviors including things like non-power-of-2 clock wrapping.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we allow the PF to make use of all free RAR
entries for FDB use if needed.
Previously the code limited us to 16 unicast entries, however this was
shared between MACVLAN which wasn't limited and the FDB code which was. So
instead of treating the FDB code as a second class citizen I have updated
it so that it has access to just as many entries as the MACVLAN filters.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change replaces the ixgbe_write_uc_addr_list call in ixgbe_set_rx_mode
with a call to __dev_uc_sync instead. This works much better with the MAC
addr list code that was already in place and solves an issue in which you
couldn't remove an FDB address without having to reset the port.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the process of tracking down a memory leak when adding/removing FDB
entries I had to go through the MAC address configuration code for ixgbe.
In the process of doing so I found a number of issues that impacted
readability and performance. This change updates the code in general to
clean it up so it becomes clear what each step is doing. From what I can
tell there a couple of bugs cleaned up in this code.
First is the fact that the MAC addresses were being double counted for the
PF. As a result once entries up to 63 had been used you could no longer
add additional filters.
A simple test case for this:
for i in `seq 0 96`
do
ip link add link ens8 name mv$i type macvlan
ip link set dev mv$i up
done
Test script:
ethregs -s 0:8.0 | grep -e "RAH" | grep 8000....$
When things are working correctly RAL/H registers 1 - 97 will be consumed.
In the failing case it will stop at 63 and prevent any further filters from
being added.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make some minor cleanups, such as simplifying return paths, deleting
unneeded initializations, return values more directly and so forth.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a private workqueue to avoid hangs that were otherwise possible
when performing stress tests, such as creating and destroying many
VFS repeatedly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a private workqueue to avoid hangs that were otherwise possible
when performing stress tests, such as creating and destroying many
VFS repeatedly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The newer copper PHY implementation used with newer X550EM_x
devices uses a different thermal alarm type than the earlier
one. Make changes to support both types.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes KR PHY reset from ixgbe_init_phy_ops_x550em,
since this function is meant to initialize function pointers for
the detected PHY type. Internal PHY reset was moved to
ixgbe_setup_internal_phy_t_x550em which will now detect which
mode the internal PHY operates in and set it up as required.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1) remove duplicate include of tcp.h
2) put an ampersand at the end of a line instead of the beginning
3) remove a useless dev_info
4) match declaration of function to the implementation
5) repair incorrect comment
6) correct whitespace
7) remove unused define
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shouldn't be using a bitwise operator here; it's not a bitwise
operation. Use a logical operator instead. Why doesn't c have a
logical-or-and-assign operator?
Change-ID: Id84f3ca884910bed7073c84b1e16a102e958d0de
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Operators should have spaces around them.
Change-ID: I64735e9aa8618b9a5059a87ace1c999d6d3bfcfb
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The separate functions to gather Flow control Rx XOFF stats was to
determine if the Tx for a queue was paused due to Link Flow Control(LFC)
or Priority Flow Control(PFC).
But, with recent change in the i40e driver the logic for checking th Tx
hang has been removed and these functions don't do anything meaningful.
Hence, there is no need to keep these separate functions to gather Rx
XOFF stats for LFC or PFC.
This patch removes these functions and moves the stat collection for
XOFF Rx to the i40e_update_pf_stats() that collects all the PF stats.
Change-ID: Iec1452dac3a6766f0d968e754cb407530d7c60cd
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of having our own custom symbol, we can just rely
on whether or not the kernel has the feature enabled.
In this case use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_VXLAN) in order to handle
built-in or module in the current BKM way.
Change-ID: I5890fbb518ff8ed6bb07c3362fb0a8a829f9b241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool priv flags implementation to enable or disable packet split, which
is a hardware feature that inspects headers and will put headers in a
separate DMA buffer from the payload data. The driver was automatically
choosing to enable packet split in some cases and this gives the user the
ability to turn it off/on explicitly.
to query state:
ethtool --show-priv-flags ethx
to enable:
ethtool --set-priv-flags ethx packet-split on
to disable:
ethtool --set-priv-flags ethx packet-split off
Why would anyone want this?
Because some environments benefit from header/data split in the receive
buffer, and the driver defaults to one or the other depending on
environment/kernel parameters.
Why didn't you implement a generic ethtool control for this feature?
Because Intel hardware is the only hardware that supports header/data
split.
Change-ID: I803121e1eecc9ccb2884031fd85dd1110b3af66d
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't use uint32_t type the kernel. Use u32 instead. No functional
change.
Change-ID: I77bbf3b6464edaef747c7104b43534032a4dba63
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_sync_vsi_filters() is the surly teenager of this driver. It says
it's going to report errors, but it doesn't actually do that most of the
time. And when it does, it leaves a mess.
Change this function to have a common exit point so it will properly
release the busy lock on the VSI. Propagate errors to the callers.
Finally, adjust a few callers to check for and deal with errors from
this function.
Change-ID: Ic6af4956491e72402ebb3c538a3c31a0ad7f8667
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These allocations don't need to be at atomic level. GFP_KERNEL is fine
and they'll reduce stress on the allocator when the system is starved
for memory.
Change-ID: I3561d0399a681de0ad25291b6c848b224c1fde12
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the memory leak which would be seen otherwise when user
programs flow-director filter using ethtool (sideband filter programming).
When ethtool is used to program flow directory filter, 'raw_buf' gets
allocated and it is supposed to be freed as part of queue cleanup. But
check of 'tx_buffer->skb' was preventing it from being freed.
Change-ID: Ief4f0a1a32a653180498bf6e987c1b4342ab8923
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch contains following changes:
- detection and recovery logic (issue SW interrupt) has been moved to
service_task from timeout function.
- added some more debug info from tx_timeout.
Logic to detect and recover TX queue hung is now two step process:
- service_task detects TX queue hung and sets a bit(hung_detected) if
it was not set.
- if bit was set (means this is back-back hung condition detected),
issue SW interrupt and clear the bit.
- napi_poll clears the bit unconditionally since it cleans TX/RX queues.
Change-ID: Ieed03a48927c845a988b3ff375090bf37caeb903
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already print the driver info string in probe, so don't print
it again in init. No need to repeat. No need to repeat.
Change-ID: Ief597997f580a8c54d5950e3a84c29f2075be66b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the helper function to set the real number of RX queues, and also
set the real number of TX queues.
Change-ID: I67982799de3f248fb4158ccdc9b1a74385f42ddd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Future devices will allow for more queue pairs, so allocate a netdev
that can handle them. While we're at it, get rid of the separate
MAX_TX/MAX_RX defines. Since we always get matched queue pairs, having
these makes no sense.
Change-ID: I0e3556cd9a962506e509eb7c0afa36b329e8cb51
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the final edition of the patches to remove sleeps from
the driver's entry points, the grab_rtnl argument is no
longer needed, so partially revert the commit that added it.
Change-ID: Ib9778476242586cc9e58b670f5f48d415cb59003
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was being called by VLAN, bonding, teaming operations
that expected to be able to hold locks like rcu_read_lock().
This causes the driver to be held to the requirement to not sleep,
and was found by the kernel debug options for checking sleep
inside critical section, and the locking validator.
Change-ID: Ibc68c835f5ffa8ffe0638ffe910a66fc5649a7f7
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of awkwardly keeping a fixed array of pointers in the adapter
struct and then allocating ring structs individually, just keep a single
pointer and allocate a single blob for the arrays. This simplifies code,
shrinks the adapter structure, and future-proofs the driver by not
limiting the number of rings we can handle.
Change-ID: I31334ff911a6474954232cfe4bc98ccca3c769ff
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change the queue_vector array from a statically-sized member of the
adapter structure to a dynamically-allocated and -sized array.
This reduces the size of the adapter structure, and allows us to support
any number of queue vectors in the future without changing the code.
Change-ID: I08dc622cb2f2ad01e832e51c1ad9b86524730693
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If, upon a midnight dreary, the PF returns ERR_PARAM when the VF is
requesting resources, that's fatal. Either the firmware or NVM is badly,
badly misconfigured, or this VF has been disabled due to a previous VF
driver sending a bunch of bogus messages.
Either way, there is no recovery from this. Don't ponder weak and weary,
just quit.
Change-ID: I09d9f16cc4ee7fec3b57646a289d33838c1c5bf5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we get an invalid message from a VF, we should tell the user which VF
is being naughty, rather than making them guess.
Change-ID: I9252cef7baea3d8584043ed6ff12619a94e2f99c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the confusing kernel message of enabled RSS size,
by reporting it together with the hardware maximum RSS size.
Change-ID: I64864dbfbc13beccc180a7871680def1f3d5a339
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where adminq init failures always provided
a message that NVM was newer than expected. This is not always the
case for init_adminq failures. Without this patch, if adminq init
fails for any reason, newer NVM message would be given. This
problem is fixed by adding a check for that specific error
condition and a different hopefully helpful message otherwise.
Change-ID: Iaeaebee4e398989eae40bb70f943ab66a3a521a5
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds new fields to i40e_vsi to store user configured
RSS config data and code to use it.
Change-ID: Ic5d3db8d9df52182b560248f8cdca9c5c7546879
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two ways to get RSS, this patch implements two functions
with the same input parameters, and creates a more generic function
for getting RSS configuration.
Change-ID: I12d3b712c21455d47dd0a5aae58fc9b7c680db59
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two ways to configure RSS, this patch adjusts those two
functions with the same input parameters, and creates a more
generic function for configuring RSS.
Change-ID: Iace73bdeba4831909979bef221011060ab327f71
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch renames old VF adapter specific RSS function to clarify
its scope.
Change-ID: Ie5253083a44c677ebb7709a8a3a18402ad2dc6a6
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Issue a prefetch for data early in the transmit path.
This should not be generally needed for Tx traffic, but
it helps immensely for pktgen workloads and should help
for forwarding workloads as well.
Change-ID: Iefee870c20599e0c4240e1d8637e4f16b625f83a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issue of forcing WB too often causing us to not
benefit from NAPI.
Without this patch we were forcing WB/arming interrupt too often taking
away the benefits of NAPI and causing a performance impact.
With this patch we disable force WB in the clean routine for X710
and XL710 adapters. X722 adapters do not enable interrupt to force
a WB and benefit from WB_ON_ITR and hence force WB is left enabled
for those adapters.
For XL710 and X710 adapters if we have less than 4 packets pending
a software Interrupt triggered from service task will force a WB.
This patch also changes the conditions for setting RS bit as described
in code comments. This optimizes when the HW does a tail bump amd when
it does a WB. It also optimizes when we do a wmb.
Change-ID: Id831e1ae7d3e2ec3f52cd0917b41ce1d22d75d9d
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch renames rss_size to alloc_rss_size in i40e_pf, which is
clearer and avoids confusion. It also adds comments to the other
related structure members to help clarify usage.
Change-ID: Ia90090609d006ab589cb639975bb8a0af795d16f
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds new fields to i40e_vsi to store user configured
RSS config data and code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Change-ID: I73886469dca9e9f6b16d842182a87f3f4009f95d
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch renames the old pf-specific function in order to clarify
its scope. This patch also creates a more generic configure RSS
function with the old name.
This patch also creates a new more generic function to get RSS
configuration, using the appropriate method.
Change-ID: Ieddca2707b708ef19f1ebccdfd03a0a0cd63d3af
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adjust the RSS configure functions so that there is a generic way to
hook to ethtool hooks.
Change-ID: If446e34fcfaf1bc3320d9d319829a095b5976e67
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where using ethtool rxnfc command could
let RX flow hash be set on disabled queues. This patch fixes the
problem by returning the number of enabled queues before setting
rxnfc.
Change-ID: Idbac86b0b47ddacc8deee7cd257e41de01cbe5c0
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a lot (many hundreds) of MAC or VLAN filters are added at one time,
we can overflow the Admin Queue buffer size with all the requests.
Unfortunately, the driver would then calculate the message size
incorrectly, causing it to be rejected by the PF. Furthermore, there was
no mechanism to trigger another request to allow for configuring the
rest of the filters that didn't fit into the first request.
To fix this, recalculate the correct buffer size when we detect the
overflow condition instead of just assuming the max buffer size. Also,
don't clear the request bit in adapter->aq_required when we have an
overflow, so that the rest of the filters can be processed later.
Change-ID: Idd7cbbc5af31315e0dcb1b10e6a02ad9817ce65c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up and enhance error messages related to VF MAC/VLAN filters.
Indicate which VF is having issues, and if possible indicate the MAC
address or VLAN involved.
Also, when an error is returned from the PF driver, print useful
information about what went wrong, for the most likely cases.
Change-ID: Ib3d15eef9e3369a78fd142948671e5fa26d921b8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a comment to the #endif to more easily match it with its #if.
Change-ID: I47eb0a60a17dc6d2f01a930e45006d2dc82e044f
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The watchdog only calls link_event not handle_link_event which means
that we need to save the old information in link_event.
Previously when polling we were comparing current data to the old data
saved the last time we actually received a link event. This means that
the polling would only fix link status changes in one direction
depending on what the last old data saved off was.
Change-ID: Ie590f30fdbcb133d0ddad4e07e3eb1aad58255b3
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When in NAPI with interrupts disabled, the HW needs to be forced to do a
write back on TX if the number of descriptors pending are less than a
cache line.
This stat helps keep track of how many times we get into this situation.
Change-ID: I76c1bcc7ebccd6bffcc5aa33bfe05f2fa1c9a984
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
HW/NVM sets a limit of no less than 256 bytes for MSS. Stack can send as
low as 76 bytes MSS. This patch lowers the HW limit to 64 bytes to avoid
MDDs from firing and causing a reset when the MSS is lower than 256.
Change-ID: I36b500a6bb227d283c3e321a7718e0672b11fab0
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no need to kill the kernel thread here. If this condition was
true, the probe() would have died long before we got here. In any case,
we'll get the same result when this code tries to use the VSI pointer
being checked.
Prompted by a recent Linus diatribe.
Change-ID: I62f531cac34d4fc28ff9657d5b2d9523ae5e33a4
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's really no reason to kill the kernel thread just because of a
little info string. This reworks the code to use snprintf's limiting to
assure that the string is never too long, and WARN_ON to still put out
a warning that we might want to look at the feature list length.
Prompted by a recent Linus diatribe.
Change-ID: If52ba5ca1c2344d8bf454a31bbb805eb5d2c5802
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no need to kill the thread and eventually the kernel in this
case. In fact, the remainder of the code won't hurt anything anyway,
so just complain that we're here and move along.
Prompted by a recent Linus diatribe.
Change-ID: Iec020d8bcfedffc1cd2553cc6905fd915bb3e670
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Code was moved into a separate function some time ago.
Change-ID: Icabbe71ce05cf5d716d3e1152cdd9cd41d11bcb5
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The fm10k_msix_clean_rings function runs from hard interrupt context or
with interrupts already disabled in netpoll.
It can use napi_schedule_irqoff() instead of napi_schedule()
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This code is pretty confused. The variable name 'bytes_not_copied'
clearly indicates that the programmer knew the semantics of
copy_{to,from}_user, but then the return value is checked for being
negative and used as a -Exxx return value.
I'm not sure this is the proper fix, but at least we get rid of the
dead code which pretended to check for access faults.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If ixgbevf is loaded while the corresponding PF interface is down
and the driver assigns a random MAC address, that address can be
overwritten with the value of hw->mac.perm_addr, which would be 0 at
that point.
To avoid this case we init hw->mac.perm_addr to the randomly generated
address and do not set it unless we receive ACK from ixgbe.
Reported-by: John Greene <jogreene@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
replace some instances of memcpy for setting up the mac address with
ether_addr_copy()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Compiler complained of an unused variable, which the driver was just
using to store the result of a rd32 which is used to clear a register
unconditionally. Just drop the unused variable and re-use one.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Testing has now shown that the diagnostic code used with the CS4227
is no longer needed, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe_intr and ixgbe/ixgbevf_msix_clean_rings functions run from hard
interrupt context or with interrupts already disabled in netpoll.
They can use napi_schedule_irqoff() instead of napi_schedule()
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is the ixgbevf version of commit 8ac34f10a5 "ixgbe: Limit
lowest interrupt rate for adaptive interrupt moderation to 12K"
The same logic applies here as well as the same results since a netperf
test will starve for memory in the time from one Tx interrupt to the next.
As a result the ixgbevf driver underperformed when compared to vhost_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
KR auto-neg mode is what we will be using going forward. The SW
interface for this mode is different that what was used for iXFI.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects an issue in which the polling routine would increase
the budget for Rx to at least 1 per queue if multiple queues were present.
This would result in Rx packets being processed when the budget was 0 which
is meant to indicate that no Rx can be handled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects an issue in which the polling routine would increase
the budget for Rx to at least 1 per queue if multiple queues were present.
This would result in Rx packets being processed when the budget was 0 which
is meant to indicate that no Rx can be handled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The commit dfaf891dd3 ("ixgbe: Refactor the RSS configuration code")
introduced a few kernel-doc errors:
1) The function name is missing;
2) The format is wrong;
3) The short description is redundant.
Fix all the above for the correct execution of the kernel doc.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delete a redundant include of net/vxlan.h.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove unneeded NULL test.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@ expression x; @@
-if (x != NULL)
\(kmem_cache_destroy\|mempool_destroy\|dma_pool_destroy\)(x);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on hardware testing, the host interface supports up to 15368 bytes
as the maximum frame size. To determine the correct MTU, we subtract 8
for the internal switch tag, 14 for the L2 header, and 4 for the
appended FCS header, resulting in 15342 bytes of payload for our maximum
MTU on jumbo frames.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible that the PF has not yet assigned resources to the VF.
Although rare, this could result in the VF attempting to read queues it
does not own and result in FUM or THI faults in the PF. To prevent this,
check queue 0 before we continue in init_hw_vf.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NAPI drivers no longer need to observe a particular protocol
to benefit from busy polling (CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL=y)
napi_hash_add() and napi_hash_del() are automatically called
from core networking stack, respectively from
netif_napi_add() and netif_napi_del()
This patch depends on free_netdev() and netif_napi_del() being
called from process context, which seems to be the norm.
Drivers might still prefer to call napi_hash_del() on their
own, since they might combine all the rcu grace periods into
a single one, knowing their NAPI structures lifetime, while
core networking stack has no idea of a possible combining.
Once this patch proves to not bring serious regressions,
we will cleanup drivers to either remove napi_hash_del()
or provide appropriate rcu grace periods combining.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to automatically provide busy polling support
to all NAPI drivers, without them having to implement anything.
skb_mark_napi_id() can be called from napi_gro_receive() and
napi_get_frags().
Few drivers are still calling skb_mark_napi_id() because
they use netif_receive_skb(). They should eventually call
napi_gro_receive() instead. I will leave this to drivers
maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was detected by Coverity.
The function skb_cow_head leaves skb alone on failure, so caller needs
to free.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The asm-generic changes for 4.4 are mostly a series from Christoph Hellwig
to clean up various abuses of headers in there. The patch to rename the
io-64-nonatomic-*.h headers caused some conflicts with new users, so I
added a workaround that we can remove in the next merge window.
The only other patch is a warning fix from Marek Vasut
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=dQKG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'asm-generic-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic
Pull asm-generic cleanups from Arnd Bergmann:
"The asm-generic changes for 4.4 are mostly a series from Christoph
Hellwig to clean up various abuses of headers in there. The patch to
rename the io-64-nonatomic-*.h headers caused some conflicts with new
users, so I added a workaround that we can remove in the next merge
window.
The only other patch is a warning fix from Marek Vasut"
* tag 'asm-generic-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic:
asm-generic: temporarily add back asm-generic/io-64-nonatomic*.h
asm-generic: cmpxchg: avoid warnings from macro-ized cmpxchg() implementations
gpio-mxc: stop including <asm-generic/bug>
n_tracesink: stop including <asm-generic/bug>
n_tracerouter: stop including <asm-generic/bug>
mlx5: stop including <asm-generic/kmap_types.h>
hifn_795x: stop including <asm-generic/kmap_types.h>
drbd: stop including <asm-generic/kmap_types.h>
move count_zeroes.h out of asm-generic
move io-64-nonatomic*.h out of asm-generic
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c
net/openvswitch/vport-vxlan.c
net/openvswitch/vport.c
net/openvswitch/vport.h
The openvswitch conflicts were overlapping changes. One was
the egress tunnel info fix in 'net' and the other was the
vport ->send() op simplification in 'net-next'.
The xfrm6_output.c conflicts was also a simplification
overlapping a bug fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The limitation of the number of multicast address for VF is not enough
for the large scale server with SR-IOV feature. IPv6 requires the multicast
MAC address for each IP address to handle the Neighbor Solicitation
message. We couldn't assign over 30 IPv6 addresses to a single VF.
This patch introduces the new mailbox API, IXGBE_VF_UPDATE_XCAST_MODE,
to update multicast mode of VF. This adds 3 modes;
- NONE only L2 exact match addresses or Flow Director enabled
- MULTI BAM and ROMPE set
- ALLMULTI BAM, ROMPE and MPE set
If a guest VF user wants over 30 MAC multicast addresses, set IFF_ALLMULTI
to request PF to update xcast mode to enable VF multicast promiscuous mode.
On the other hand, enabling VF multicast promiscuous mode may affect
security and performance in the network of the NIC. Only trusted VF can
enable multicast promiscuous mode. The behavior of untrusted VF is the
same as previous version.
Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implements the new netdev op to trust VF in ixgbe.
The administrator can turn on and off VF trusted by ip command which
supports trust message.
# ip link set dev eth0 vf 1 trust on
or
# ip link set dev eth0 vf 1 trust off
Send a ping to reset VF on changing the status of trusting.
VF driver will reconfigure its features on reset.
Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The commit 3092e5e4cc79 ("i40e: add little endian conversion for
checksum") fixed the checksum bug on big-endian architecture.
But we should not execute cpu_to_le16() unconditionally. Thus, put
cpu_to_le16() under certain condition.
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In both i40e_calc_nvm_checksum() and i40e_update_nvm_checksum(), the
local variables designated by 'ret_code' are overwritten immediately. As
such, they should merely be declared.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40evf_msix_aq(), the first two lines of rd32() are mainly to clear
the registers. If we initialize 'val' at this point, it will be
overwritten immediately. We shall simply discard the return value here.
When we initialize 'val', we might as well include the mask in one step.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following kernel-doc arguments for their respective functions are
missing:
1) @cd_type_cmd_tso_mss for i40e_tso();
2) @cd_type_cmd_tso_mss for i40e_tsyn();
3) @tx_ring for i40e_tx_enable_csum().
Add them all for the kernel-doc requirement.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
@flush has been missing since the inception of i40evf_irq_enable(). Add
it for the kernel doc.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using a custom approach change the code to use %*ph format
specifier.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump up the version...
Change-ID: Ib8d501021671ba20250115ed54330e2c182255b7
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a call to enable SR-IOV in the kernel failed, we need to disable
I40E_FLAG_VEB_MODE_ENABLED, so that bridge mode could fall back to
VEPA, which is a default.
Change-ID: I12b6f776769506db85b29bea94b9c88d0b5ee65e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the driver output of the OEM
version string varied from the other tools. The mask value
and the order of operations were incorrect, per the original
change request. Without this patch, the version string will
appear incorrect from the driver.
Change-ID: Ie1ca6485284b4ce3b57e5a99b18b7641617c7ef7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem of possibly getting inconsistent flow control
statuses after a PF reset. Requested_mode was being set with a default
value during probing, but the initial HW state could be different from
this mode.
Change-ID: I772bf07b78616e87086418d4bd87954b66fa17cd
Signed-off-by: Helin Zhang <helin.zhang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Not sure how this compiles at all. Use the correct struct for
manipulating the VLAN filter list. Without this, the VLAN filter
list doesn't get processed correctly, and VLAN filters will not
be re-enabled after any kind of reset.
Change-ID: Iceff2dc089f303058fb71ecb08419eed471e0e90
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix i40e_is_vsi_uplink_mode_veb to check if bridge is actually
in VEB mode before allowing LB in the add VSI routine, instead of
unconditionally returning VEB bridge mode.
Change-ID: I162397b1bdd02367735fe9baaeb51465be2a3ce9
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new code flow requires us to grab the filter list lock before
adding/deleting the filter.
Change-ID: I4eaef508ab4da2d1b2e23f20f2a78d931d5b6aeb
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a workaround to drop any flow control frames from being
transmitted from any VSI. FW can still send flow control frames if flow
control is enabled.
With this patch in place a malicious VF cannot send flow control or PFC
packets out on the wire.
Change-ID: I4303b24e98b93066d2767fec24dfe78be591c277
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was printing a message about not being able
to assign VMDq because of a lack of MSI-X vectors.
This was because a line was missing that initialized a variable,
simply a merge error.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code was setting up stats that were not being initialized.
This caused several counters to be displayed incorrectly, due
to indexing beyond the array of strings when printing stats.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-10-19
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Kiran adds a spinlock around code accessing VSI MAC filter list to
ensure that we are synchronizing access to the filter list, otherwise
we can end up with multiple accesses at the same time which can cause
the VSI MAC filter list to get in an unstable or corrupted state.
Jesse fixes overlong BIT defines, where the RSS enabling call were
mistakenly missed. Also fixes a bug where the enable function was
enabling the interrupt twice while trying to update the two interrupt
throttle rate thresholds for Rx and Tx, while refactoring the IRQ
enable function to simplify reading the flow. Addressed the high
CPU utilization of some small streaming workloads that the driver should
reduce CPU in.
Anjali fixes two X722 issues with respect to EEPROM checksum verify and
reading NVM version info. Fixed where a mask value was accidentally
replaced with a bit mask causing Flow Director sideband to be broken.
Alex Duyck fixes areas of the drivers which run from hard interrupt
context or with interrupts already disabled in netpoll, so use
napi_schedule_irqoff() instead of napi_schedule().
Mitch fixes the VF drivers to not easily give up when it is not able
to communicate with the PF driver.
Carolyn fixes a problem where our tools MAC loopback test, after driver
unbind would fail because the hardware was configured for multiqueue and
unbind operation did not clear this configuration. Also fixed a issue
where the NVMUpdate tool gets bad data from the PHY when using the PHY
NVM feature because of contention on the MDIO interface from getting
PHY capability calls from the driver during regular operations.
Catherine fixed an issue where we were checking if autoneg was allowed
to change before checking if autoneg was changing, these checks need to
be in the reverse order.
Jean Sacren fixes up an function header comment to align the kernel-docs
with the actual code.
v2: Cleaned up the use of spin_is_locked() in patch 1 based on feedback
from David Miller, since it always evaluates to zero on uni-processor
builds
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'err' would be overwritten immediately, so we should declare it only
rather than initialize it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second argument name in the kernel-doc argument list for
i40e_features_check() was slightly off. Fix it for the kernel doc.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is an error coming back from get_phy_capabilities that does not
seem to have any functional implications. We will continue looking into
why this error message is occurring, but in the meantime, we will move it
to debug to avoid confusion.
Change-ID: I9091754bf62c066ddedeb249923d85606e2d68ed
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were previously checking if autoneg was allowed to change before
checking if autoneg was changing. We need to do this in the other order
or else we will erroneously return EINVAL when autoneg is not changing.
Change-ID: Iff9f7d1c9bddc1ad1e5d227d4f42754f90155410
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A mask value of 0x1FF was accidentally replaced with a bit mask
causing flow director sideband to be broken.
Change-ID: Id3387f67dd1b567b41692b570b383c58671e1eae
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the NVMUpdate Tool, when using the PHY
NVM feature, gets bad data from the PHY because of contention on the
MDIO interface from get PHY capability calls from the driver during
regular operations. The problem is fixed by adding a check if media
is available before calling get PHY capability function because that
bit is not set when device is in PHY interaction mode.
Change-ID: Ib89991b0f841808dd92410f5e8683d6ee3301cd0
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where our Tools MAC Loopback test, after
driver unbind would fail. This was because the hw was configured
for multiqueue and unbind operation did not clear this configuration.
The problem is fixed by resetting this configuration in i40e_remove.
Change-ID: I130c05138319182ed1476d3a0b5222d6a6320af9
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The adaptive ITR (interrupt throttle rate) algorithm was adjusting
the hardware's interrupt rate too frequently. This caused a lot
of variation in the interrupt rate for fairly constant workloads.
Change the code to have a counter and adjust only once every N
number of interrupts.
Change-ID: I0460f1f86571037484eca5aca36ac4d889cb8389
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The dynamic algorithm, while now working, doesn't have good
performance in 40G mode.
One part of this patch addresses the high CPU utilization of some small
streaming workloads that the driver should reduce CPU in.
It also changes the minimum ITR that the dynamic algorithm
will settle on, causing our minimum latency to go from 12us
to about 14us, when using adaptive mode.
It also changes the BULK interrupt rate to allow maximum throughput
on a 40Gb connection with a single thread of transmit, clamping
interrupt rate to 8000 for TX makes single thread traffic go too
slow.
The new ULTRA bulk setting is introduced and is used
when the Rx packet rate on this queue exceeds 40000 packets per
second. This value of 40000 was chosen because the automatic tuning
of minimum ITR=20us means that a single queue can't quite achieve
that many packets per second from a round-robin test.
Change-ID: Icce8faa128688ca5fd2c4229bdd9726877a92ea2
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was using a value expressed in 2us increments
for the divisor to figure out our bytes/usec values.
Fix the usecs variable to contain a value in microseconds.
Change-ID: I5c20493103c295d6f201947bb908add7040b7c41
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change moves a multi-line register setting into a function
which simplifies reading the flow of the enable function.
This also fixes a bug where the enable function was enabling
the interrupt twice while trying to update the two interrupt
throttle rate thresholds for Rx and Tx.
Change-ID: Ie308f9d0d48540204590cb9d7a5a7b1196f959bb
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VF driver is unable to communicate with the PF, it just gives
up and never tries again. Aside from the obvious character flaw that
this shows, it's also a lousy user experience.
When PF communications fail, wait five seconds, and try again. And
again. Don't give up, little VF driver! Your prince will come!
Change-ID: Ia1378a39879883563b8faffce819f375821f9585
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_intr and i40e/i40evf_msix_clean_rings functions run from hard
interrupt context or with interrupts already disabled in netpoll.
They can use napi_schedule_irqoff() instead of napi_schedule()
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acquire NVM, before issuing an AQ read nvm command for X722.
We need to acquire the NVM before issuing an AQ read to the NVM
otherwise we will get EBUSY from the FW. Also release when done.
This fixes the two X722 issues with respect to eeprom checksum verify
and reading NVM version info.
With this patch in place, i40e driver will provide basic support
for X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The defines from the RSS enabling call were mistakenly
missed in the patches to the i40e which should have been
to i40evf as well.
This is a follow up to (commit ed921559886dd40528) "fix
32 bit build warnings".
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch introduces a spinlock which is to be used for synchronizing
access to VSI's MAC filter list.
This patch also synchronizes execution of other codepaths which are
accessing VSI's MAC filter list with execution of
service_task:sync_vsi_filters.
In function i40e_add_vsi, copied out LAA MAC address instead of cloning
MAC filter entry because only MAC address is needed to remove MAC VLAN
filter from FW/HW.
Change-ID: I0e10ac7c715d44aa994239642aa4d57c998573a2
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With 64 VFs, we can easily overwhelm the AQ on the PF if we have too low
a limit on the number of AQ requests. This leads to ARQ overflow errors,
and occasionally VFs that fail to initialize.
Since we really only hit this condition on initial VF driver load, the
requests that we process are lightweight, so this extra work doesn't
cause problems for the PF driver.
Change-ID: I620221520d8af987df6ace9ba938ffaf22107681
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some devices, in some systems, in some configurations, the VFs would
fail to initialize the first time you loaded the driver.
To correct this, increase the delay time for the init task slightly, and
wait longer before giving up.
If we enable VFs and load the VF driver in the same kernel as the PF
driver, we can totally overwhelm the PF driver with AQ requests because
all of the instances try to initialize at the same time.
To help alleviate this, stagger the initial scheduling of the init task
using the PCIe function as a multiplier. We mask off the function to
only three bits so no instance has to wait too long.
With these two changes, initializing 128 VFs on a single device goes
from four minutes to just a few seconds.
Change-ID: If3d8720c1c4e838ab36d8781d9ec295a62380936
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1000Base_T_Optical got added to the function that figures out what
is supported when link is down but not when link is up. Add it in there
too so that we display the correct information.
Change-ID: I85ebcdfa7c02d898c44c673b1500552a53c8042e
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The vlan_features field was correctly being set to the same value as the
netdev features field. However, this was being done before the features
were actually being set up, leaving the vlan_features empty.
Also, after a reset, vlan_features will be incorrectly assigned the
previous netdev feature flags, which can contain VLAN feature bits. This
makes the VLAN code angry and will cause a stack dump.
To fix these issues, set up the netdev features first, then mask out the
VLAN feature bits when assigning vlan_features.
Change-ID: Ib0548869dc83cf6a841cb8697dd94c12359ba4d2
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the number of invalid messages from a VF is exceeded, the VF
will be disabled, due to the invalid messages. This happens if
other VF drivers (like DPDK) send a message through the driver's
mailbox (aka virtchannel) interface, but the message is not
supported by the i40e pf driver, such as CONFIG_PROMISCUOUS_MODE.
This patch changes the num_invalid_msgs in struct i40e_vf to record
the continuous invalid msgs, and it will be reset when a valid msg
is received.
Change-ID: Iaec42fd3dcdd281476b3518be23261dd46fc3718
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL710 hardware has a different interrupt moderation design
that can support a limit of total interrupts per second per
vector, in addition to the "number of interrupts per second"
controls already established in the driver. This combination
of hardware features allows us to set very low default latency
settings but minimize the total CPU utilization by not
making too many interrupts, should the user desire.
The current driver implementation is still enabling the dynamic
moderation in the driver, and only using the rx/tx-usecs
limit in ethtool to limit the interrupt rate per second, by default.
The new code implemented in this patch
2) adds init/use of the new "Interrupt Limit" register
3) adds ethtool knob to control/report the limits above
Usage is ethtool -C ethx rx-usecs-high <value> Where <value> is number
of microseconds to create a rate of 1/N interrupts per second,
regardless of rx-usecs or tx-usecs values. Since there is a credit based
scheme in the hardware, the rx-usecs and tx-usecs can be configured for
very low latency for short bursts, but once the credit runs out the
refill rate on the credits is limited by rx-usecs-high.
Change-ID: I3a1075d3296123b0f4f50623c779b027af5b188d
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support for setting a new bit in the Set Local LLDP MIB AQ command
Type field. When set to 1, the bit indicates to FW that Apps should be
treated as non-willing. When 0, FW behaves as before.
Change-ID: I0d2101c1606c59c7188d3e6a0c7810e0f205233a
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add an ethtool priv flag to enable and disable printing
the VEB statistics.
Change-ID: I7654054a3a73b08aa8310d94ee8fce6219107dd8
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two defines that are not used are causing customer confusion - remove
them.
Change-ID: Icef0325aca8e0f4fcdfc519e026bdd375e791200
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the nvmupdate application to decide when a read or write error
should be exposed to the user. Since the application needs to use
write probes to find the ReadOnly sections on a potentially unknown NVM
version in the HW and read probes to check the status of the last write,
some error messages are expected, but need not be shown to the users.
The driver doesn't know which are ignorable from real errors, so needs
to let the application make the decision.
Change-ID: I78fca8ab672bede11c10c820b83c26adfd536d03
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add const to functions that return strings that aren't going to be
modified. This addresses some reported compile complaints.
Change-ID: Ic56b1e814ab4d23a50480e7fdec652445f776ee8
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cut down on the number of startup log entries by putting a couple behind
debug flags and combining a couple others into a single line.
Change-ID: I708089f086308f84d43f8b6f0e8a634a02d058fb
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As per Eric Dumazet's previous patches:
(see commit (24d2e4a507) - tg3: use napi_complete_done())
Quoting verbatim:
Using napi_complete_done() instead of napi_complete() allows
us to use /sys/class/net/ethX/gro_flush_timeout
GRO layer can aggregate more packets if the flush is delayed a bit,
without having to set too big coalescing parameters that impact
latencies.
</end quote>
Tested
configuration: low latency via ethtool -C ethx adaptive-rx off
rx-usecs 10 adaptive-tx off tx-usecs 15
workload: streaming rx using netperf TCP_MAERTS
igb:
MIGRATED TCP MAERTS TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 10.0.0.1 () port 0 AF_INET : demo
...
Interim result: 941.48 10^6bits/s over 1.000 seconds ending at 1440193171.589
Alignment Offset Bytes Bytes Recvs Bytes Sends
Local Remote Local Remote Xfered Per Per
Recv Send Recv Send Recv (avg) Send (avg)
8 8 0 0 1176930056 1475.36 797726 16384.00 71905
MIGRATED TCP MAERTS TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 10.0.0.1 () port 0 AF_INET : demo
...
Interim result: 941.49 10^6bits/s over 0.997 seconds ending at 1440193142.763
Alignment Offset Bytes Bytes Recvs Bytes Sends
Local Remote Local Remote Xfered Per Per
Recv Send Recv Send Recv (avg) Send (avg)
8 8 0 0 1175182320 50476.00 23282 16384.00 71816
i40e:
Hard to test because the traffic is incoming so fast (24Gb/s) that GRO
always receives 87kB, even at the highest interrupt rate.
Other drivers were only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code in i40e and i40evf is using an "IN_NETPOLL" flag that has never
added any value due to the fact that the Rx clean-up is handled in NAPI.
As such the flag was set, the queue was scheduled via NAPI, and then polled
from the netpoll controller and if any Rx packets were processed the were
processed in the wrong context.
In addition the flag itself just added an unneeded conditional to the
hot-path so it can safely be dropped and save us a few instructions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The polling routine for i40e was rounding up the budget for Rx cleanup to
1. This is incorrect as the netpoll poll call is expecting no Rx to be
processed as the budget passed was 0.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Many drivers initialize uselessly n_priv_flags, n_stats, testinfo_len,
eedump_len & regdump_len fields in their .get_drvinfo() ethtool op.
It's not necessary as these fields is filled in ethtool_get_drvinfo().
v2: removed unused variable
v3: removed another unused variable
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only call the internal_setup_link method when it is provided. This
check is required for newer version parts.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Shorten up the delays in the init task, allowing the VF driver to
initialize faster. This aids performance in load/unload tests and
mitigates DMAR errors in VF enable/disable tests with absurdly short
delays. In the real world, the VF driver will come up more quickly.
The original values were set conservatively based on what we expected
from the firmware in terms of performance. Now that the driver is in use
and we know how well firmware responds to our requests, we can shorten
these delays.
Change-ID: Ibead77d34b19e8170e667c3f58bc14748bbc5bc9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Save a little stack space and remove unnecessary strncpy() with a little
string pointer.
Change-ID: Id2719d34710bfc273d3bb445fec085cd04276e88
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X722 will report Gen 1x1 in the PCI config space as it is on
IOSF bus, so skip the PCI bus link/speed check.
Change-ID: Icd5f5751dc7fb00dccf0d5dc5a0a644948e7062e
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store off reported PHY capabilities in link_info structure.
Change-ID: Ife0f037c26983ca985dbf79abf33f8f8791369e8
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove a variable declaration inside an if block hiding an existing
declaration at the start of the function.
Also remove a forward function declaration that is no longer needed due
to code re-organization.
Change-ID: I12954668b722718074949c93d74cd20eaacd93e4
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the flow-director-atr priv flag was added to our ethtool interface,
we don't need the on/off control in debugfs.
Change-ID: Ib3b599916434ab30ccd40074e71d7a81609b5bb5
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though the device might be in MFP mode, if there's only one partition
enabled, then we still have plenty of interrupts for managing the Flow
Directory Sideband activity. This patch enables FD SB in this case.
This patch also reverses the sense of the conditional in order to remove
the negative logic.
Change-ID: I9edf211a6219fc8d159b4be9964f9fd7f4e00bc0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This version check only applies to very, very old firmware,
that only ran on A0 hardware, which we never shipped and don't
support in this driver anyway. Remove it, before somebody
gets hurt.
Change-ID: I3752d090ff488acf98ee76b075af961e9c968ee4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X722 has a way to work around the descriptor WB issue,
this offload helps turn that feature on.
Change-ID: I7ffa67622426bfca5a651417b63e3afcfeb60412
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Only the X722 device now supports 100M SGMII, and nothing supports
100M on 1000Base_T.
Change-ID: I6f44dcd818944edd40041410e6de380f4a359a0c
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are several error messages that have been printing when there is
no functional issue. These messages should be available at debug message
level only.
Change-ID: Id91e47bf942c483563995f30d8705fa53acd5aa3
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some customers wish to be able to control our hardware specific
feature called flow director, at runtime. This patch enables
ethtool priv flags to control this driver/hardware specific feature.
ethtool --set-priv-flags ethX flow-director-atr off
NOTE: the ethtool ntuple interface controls the flow-director
sideband rules.
Change-ID: Iba156350b07fa2ce66f53ded51739f9a3781fe0e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add nlflags to the function comment for ndo_bridge_setlink.
Change-ID: I34c704f307f2a3f7bac3ca4b44e2a094d3d082d6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the reset never completes, it is necessary to retake the
semaphore before returning, because the caller will release
the semaphore.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch disables LRO by default in favor of GRO.
LRO is incompatible with forwarding and is disabled when forwarding
is turned on which makes the default offloads of the driver
inconsistent. LRO can still be enabled via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Darin Miller <darin.j.miller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These are not implementations of default architecture code but helpers
for drivers. Move them to the place they belong to.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Darren Hart <dvhart@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Hitoshi Mitake <mitake.hitoshi@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Check for actual value NETREG_UNINITIALIZED in case it ever changes from
the current value of zero.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that flow control packets initiated by the VF are
dropped and reported as spoofed.
Flow control packets can be used to limit the throughput or as DOS
attack when generated from a VF. Flow control is not supported per VF
hence any pause frames generated from a VF are considered malicious.
Also cleaned up indentation and some redundant comments.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove unused members in the PHY structure and add a new member to store
all the capabilities the PHY has as reported by the FW. This information
will help us determine what speeds the device is capable of when link is
down.
Also add an enum to decode the PHY types the NVM is capable of.
Use the phy_types variable to determine what phy types are possible
when link is down instead of device id as it will be more accurate.
When on a backplane device, we do not support changing any settings,
however we should display all the phy_types we are capable of so if we
see a backplane dev ID set supported and advertised purely based on
the phy_types variable.
Change-ID: Ia75d560f1fcd30c54cbfb7458690c5867559a930
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a module_types variable to the link_info struct to save the module
information from get_phy_capabilities. This information can be used to
determine which speeds the module supports.
Also add a new function update_link_info which updates the module_types
parameter and then calls get_link_info. This function should be called
in place of get_link_info so that the module_types variable stays
up-to-date with the rest of the link information.
The EAS table does not reflect the values that are actually returned,
so instead, basing these values on the Ethernet compliance codes
specified in table 33 of SFF-8436 as these have been accurate.
Use the new variable in ethtool to differentiate between a 10G/1G dual
speed fiber module and a 10G only module.
Change-ID: Ib7585cce321319c10ce15180054c41a6cbd41389
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to desires to write userland drivers, and other requests, without
needing the rest of the include files, the device ids are pulled out
into a standalone file.
Change-ID: Ic0b047dbf9d4b0891892309c1f2079f56d9b60e8
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves the internal fw version and fw api version info to be
output in probe. The nvm version, etrack and oem version info are now
configured for output via ethtool -i.
Change-ID: I05d490093a7137dbefcdef263d014d1e5c9e83d0
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances, the firmware may fail to allocate a VSI for a VF.
When this happens, the driver does not react well to the bad news and
has a panic attack.
To fix this problem, check the return value from i40e_alloc_vf_res and
don't try to configure the device further if it failed. Additionally,
explicitly clear the INIT bit when we free VF resources, so that this
bit will be in the proper state in the failure case, and won't blow up
elsewhere.
Change-ID: I6a20ce2b59c3458fd832032e88fa28cd42500189
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function call isn't needed here; the same function is already
called by i40e_reset_vf.
Change-ID: I96ccbf91b752965c9e28fe895d4c7d4c46e3ba44
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changes the parsing of CEE App TLVs to fill in the App selector in struct
i40e_dcbx_config with the IEEE App selector so the caller doesn't have to
consider whether the App came from a CEE or IEEE DCBX negotiation.
Change-ID: Ia7d9d664cde04d2ebcc9822fd22e4929c6edab3a
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a member to the nvm_info struct for oem_ver info to be
output either by OID or ethtool.
Change-ID: I1e5d513ae67622e2af17042924fdb4b5d6d85366
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was not correctly handling calls to its ndo_set_mac_address
method. It did not properly check to see if the override would be
allowed by the PF driver, and never removed the old address from its
filter list.
Add a new flag to the adapter struct which is set if the MAC address is
assigned by the PF. Check this flag and don't allow the MAC address to
be changed if it is set. Search for and properly remove the filter
for the old MAC address when the new one is set.
Change-ID: I817bf620c869c5a80e6a7eab65c9cbad1dc89799
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace one left over (1 << up) in the i40e_dcb.c file with the BIT()
macro.
Change-ID: I39492a400a2cee5ac566143a5b436cc478bea0db
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flag the filter_mask parameter as __always_unused in the
ndo_bridge_getlink function.
Change-ID: Ifc1e99c7fb84bcbf81cf7b0ac891ad8ca956ffb2
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the new Port link status bit and rename the link status to function
link status.
Change-ID: I71289327ae62638ce967b6ad40114caf998b6dab
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To help users and developers know what compile options
and hardware features are enabled at compile time, print
VxLAN is available.
Change-ID: I3162f3b7678dc725a597f964217920eb218b480b
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VF really doesn't care about the QOS handle but it will in the
future. Since the VF only uses TC0, send it that handle. On the VF
side, save the handle and use it to populate the QOS params when we call
into the client interface.
Change-ID: I76f41b070baeaa09b19383e9168bc677837e0761
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the capabilities passed to us by the PF driver to control VF driver
behavior. In the process, clean up the VLAN add/remove code so it's not
a horrible morass of ifdefs.
Change-ID: I1050eaf12b658a26fea6813047c9964163c70a73
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I found a code indent that was avoidable because a whole function is inside
an if block, reverse the if and move the code back a tab.
Change-ID: I9989c8750ee61678fbf96a3b0fd7bf7cc7ef300a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add missings spaces after declarations, remove another __func__ use,
remove uncessary braces, remove unneeded breaks, and useless returns,
and generally fix up some code.
Change-ID: Ie715d6b64976c50e1c21531685fe0a2bd38c4244
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using VFGEN_RSTAT to detect a VF reset is an endeavor that is fraught
with peril. It's entirely too easy to miss a reset because none of the
bits are sticky. By the time the VF driver reads the register, the reset
may have been processed and cleaned up by the PF driver, leaving the
register in the same state that it was before the reset.
Instead, detect a reset with the VF_ARQLEN register. When the VF is
reset, the enable bit in this register is cleared, and it stays cleared
until the VF driver processes the reset and re-enables the admin queue.
Because we now deal with multiple registers in the reset and watchdog
tasks, rename the rstat_val variable to reg_val.
Change-ID: Id1df17045c0992e607da0162d31807f7fc20d199
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changes parsing of AQ command Get CEE DCBX OPER CFG (0x0A07). Change is
required because FW creates the oper_prio_tc nibbles reversed from those
in the CEE Priority Group sub-TLV.
Change-ID: I7d9d8641bb430d30e286fc3fac909866ef8a0de8
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ran into an issue where PF's VSI type list was different from VF's,
which was resulted in different enum index. The VSI type list can
be different depending on what build flag is used for PF and VF.
The change is to explicitly assign enum index for each VSI type
so that PF and VF always reference to the same VSI type event if the
enum lists are different.
Change-ID: I8c0e5fdb515f324f7964df863a458073cf467e57
Signed-off-by: Serey Kong <serey.kong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's been some need for controlling the periodic link polling for
debugging link issues. This patch enables switching it off and on
through an ethtool private flag. The link poll remains on by default,
but can be turned off with
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 LinkPolling off
and later turned back on with
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 LinkPolling on
To check the current status, use
ethtool --show-priv-flags p261p1
Change-ID: I32e4ab654ff3eec90a06cf144899971b82d71c40
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses an issue where multiple link up messages can be logged
resulting from aq link status timing when link properties are changed (fc,
speed, etc.); solved by using a single function to handle status printing
and adding a mechanism to track whether link state (up or down) has
actually changed.
Change-ID: Ied6ed6e49dc397c77d992adc0bc9ed3767152b9d
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the PF's fdir filter table would have an
entry that the hw was unable to add. This notification happens in the hot
path, so instead of trying to fix it then, we note the location in the
failure case and delete it during regular fdir subtask callback. Without
this patch, a case can occur where an invalid entry gets replayed and a
valid one is not.
Change-ID: I67831c183b5d0309876de807cc434809b74c9cb7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds capability to query and store the CEE DCBX DesiredCfg
and RemoteCfg data from the LLDP MIB.
Added new member "desired_dcbx_config" in the i40e_hw data structure
to hold CEE only DesiredCfg data.
Change-ID: I19c550369594384eaff4cc63e690ca740231195d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds parsing for CEE DCBX TLVs from the LLDP MIB.
While the driver gets the DCB CEE operational configuration from Firmware
using the "Get CEE DCBX Oper Config" AQ command there is a need to get
the CEE DesiredCfg Tx by firmware and DCB configuration Rx from peer; for
debug and other application purposes.
Change-ID: I9140edf1a25a2852c7eff805d81e5eff6266178d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
